Freescale Semiconductor Advance Information Document number: MC34708 Rev. 10.0, 2/2013 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX50/53 Families 34708 The MC34708 is the Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) designed specifically for use with the Freescale i.MX50 and i.MX53 families. POWER MANAGEMENT Features • Six multi-mode buck regulators for direct supply of the processor core, memory, and peripherals • Boost regulator for USB OTG support • Eight regulators with internal and external pass devices for thermal budget optimization • USB/UART/Audio switching for mini-micro USB connector • 10-bit ADC for monitoring battery and other inputs • Real time clock and crystal oscillator circuitry with coin cell backup/ charger • SPI/I2C bus for control and register interface VK SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 98ASA00312D 206 MAPBGA 8.0 X 8.0 (0.5 MM PITCH) Applications Tablets Smart Mobile Devices Portable Navigation Devices 3 ! !"# & '% "! ! ! "! ' !$ '% '%$ & !$ ! "#$ !% 1! 2 ! % (( ( ( (/ * + 0 , ) . Figure 1. MC34708 Simplified Application Diagram * This document contains certain information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are subject to change without notice. © Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., 2011-2012. All rights reserved. VM SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 98ASA00299D 206 MAPBGA 13.0 X 13.0 (0.8 MM PITCH) !& & Table of Contents 1 Orderable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Part Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.2 Format and Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2.3 Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 Internal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 Pin Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3.1 5 Simplified Internal Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4.1 Pinout Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4.2 Pin Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Product Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 5.1 Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 5.2 Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5.2.1 5.3 6 5.3.2 General PMIC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 5.3.3 Current Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6.1 7 Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6.3 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Functional Block Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7.1 Startup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7.2 Bias and References Block Description and Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 Clocking and Oscillators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.3.1 Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.3.2 SRTC Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 7.3.3 Coin Cell Battery Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Interrupt Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.4.1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.4.2 Interrupt Bit Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Power Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 7.5.1 Power Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 7.5.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 7.5.3 Power Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 7.5.4 Buck Switching Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 7.5.5 Boost Switching Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 7.5.6 Linear Regulators (LDOs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Battery Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Analog to Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 7.7.1 7.8 Input Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 7.7.2 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 7.7.3 Dedicated Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 7.7.4 Touch Screen Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 7.7.5 ADC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Auxiliary Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 7.8.1 General Purpose I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 7.8.2 PWM Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 7.8.3 General Purpose LED Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 7.8.4 Mini/Micro USB Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 2 7.9 Serial Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 7.9.1 SPI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 7.9.2 I2C Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 7.9.3 SPI/I2C Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 7.10 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 8 Register Set structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 7.10.2 Specific Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 7.10.3 SPI/I2C Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 7.10.4 SPI Register’s Bit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 8.1 Application Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 8.2 Bill of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 8.3 8.4 9 7.10.1 MC34708 Layout Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.3.1 General board recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.3.2 Component Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.3.3 General Routing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.3.4 Parallel Routing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.3.5 Differential Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 8.3.6 Switching Regulator Layout Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Thermal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 8.4.1 Rating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 8.4.2 Estimation of Junction Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Package Mechanical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 9.1 206-pin MAPBGA (8 x 8), 0.5 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 9.2 206-pin MAPBGA (13 x 13), 0.8 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 10 Reference Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 11 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 MC34708 3 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Orderable Parts 1 Orderable Parts This section describes the part numbers available to be purchased along with their differences. Valid orderable part numbers are provided on the web. To determine the orderable part numbers for this device, go to http://www.freescale.com and perform a part number search for the following device numbers. Table 1. Orderable Part Variations Part Number (1) Temperature (TA) MC34708VK MC34708VM -40 to 85 °C Package 206 MAPBGA - 8.0 x 8.0 mm - 0.5 mm pitch 206 MAPBGA - 13 x 13 mm - 0.8 mm pitch Notes 1. To Order parts in Tape & Reel, add the R2 suffix to the part number. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 4 Part Identification 2 Part Identification This section provides an explanation of the part numbers and their alpha numeric breakdown. 2.1 Description Part numbers for the chips have fields that identify the specific part configuration. You can use the values of these fields to determine the specific part you have received. 2.2 Format and Examples Part numbers for a given device have the following format, followed by a device example: Table 2 - Part Numbering - Analog: MC tt xxx r v PP RR - MC34708VKR2 2.3 Fields These tables list the possible values for each field in the part number (not all combinations are valid). Table 2: Part Numbering - Analog FIELD DESCRIPTION VALUES MC Product Category • MC- Qualified Standard • PC- Prototype Device tt Temperature Range • 34 = -40 °C to 105 °C xxx Product Number • Assigned by Marketing r Revision • (default blank) v Variation • (default blank) PP Package Identifier RR Tape and Reel Indicator • Varies by package • R2 = 13 inch reel hub size MC34708 5 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Input/Battery Monitoring O/P Drive General Purpose LED Drivers SW1 Dual Phase GP 2000 mA Buck LICELL, UID, Die Temp, GPO4 GNDADC ADIN9 Voltage / Current Sensing & Translation 10 Bit GP ADC O/P Drive SW2 LP ` 1000 mA Buck ADIN13/TSX2 ADIN15/TSY2 Touch Screen Interface Die Temp & Thermal Warning Detection TSREF BPTHERM To Interrupt Section SW3 INT MEM 500 mA Buck NTCREF BATTISNSCCP SW4 Dual Phase DDR 1000 mA Buck BATTISNSCCN CFP Package Pin Legend CFN Input Pin CS CLK MOSI MISO GNDSPI Shift Register SPI Interface + Muxed I2C Optional Interface SPI SW5 I/O 1000 mA Buck To Enables & Control SWBST 380 mA Boost MC34708 VCORE VDDLP SW3IN SW3LX GNDSW3 SW3FB O/P Drive SW4AIN SW4ALX GNDSW4A SW4AFB O/P Drive SW4BIN SW4BLX GNDSW4B SW4BFB O/P Drive SW5IN SW5LX GNDSW5 SW5FB O/P Drive SWBSTIN SWBSTLX SWBSTFB Shift Register VALWAYS VCOREDIG O/P Drive Bi-directional Pin Registers SW2IN SW2LX GNDSW2 SW2FB SW2PGD SW4CFG Output Pin SPIVCC SW1BLX GNDSW1B SW1PWGD A/D Control ADIN12/TSX1 ADIN14/TSY1 O/P Drive DVS CONTROL MUX SW1IN SW1ALX GNDSW1A SW1FB SW1CFG SW1VSSSNS A/D Result ADIN10 ADIN11 GNDCHRG GNDACHRG CHRGLEDG LEDVDD CHRGLEDR PRETMR VAUX GAUX AUXVIN GOTG CHRGLX BP BPSNS BATTISNSN BATT VBUSVIN Simplified Internal Diagram GBAT 3.1 BATTISNSP ITRIC Internal Block Diagram CHRGFB 3 TRICKLESEL Internal Block Diagram Reference Generation GNDSWBST VINREFDDR SPI Control VCOREREF GNDCORE GNDREF VHALF VREFDDR 10mA SPKR SPKL MIC VREFDDR VPLL 50 mA Pass FET VUSB2 350mA Pass FET VINPLL VPLL VUSB2DRV TXD RXD VBUS/ID Detectors, Host Auto detection DPLUS DMINUS VDAC 250mA UART Switches Audio Switches SPI Connector Interface DP DM GNDUSB UID To Trimmed Circuits Trim-In-Package Control Logic VUSB2 VDACDRV VDAC VGEN1 250mA Pass FET VINGEN1 VGEN1 VBUS 32 KHz Buffers GNDREG1 GNDREG2 PWM Outputs GNDREF1 GNDREF2 PWM2 VSRTC CLK32KVCC CLK32KMCU CLK32K VSRTC RESETB SDWNB INT WDI RESETBMCU GLBRST PWRON2 STANDBY PUMS1 PWRON1 PUMS3 PUMS2 PUMS4 PUMS5 ICTEST XTAL2 VGEN2 LDOVDD Best of Supply GPIO Control Core Control Logic, Timers, & Interrupts Digital Core GNDCTRL XTAL1 SUBSLDO SUBSANA3 SUBSANA2 SUBSPWR2 SUBSANA1 SUBSREF GNDRTC 32 KHz Crystal Osc Li Cell Charger Pass FET PWM1 Enables & Control GNDGPIO Interrupt Inputs BP SPI Result Registers LCELL SUBSPWR1 VGEN2 250mA LICELL RTC + Calibration 32 KHz Internal Osc Switch SUBSGND VGEN2DRV Switchers GPIOVDD BP LICELL PLL Monitor Timer VUSB Regulator VUSB Control Logic GPIOLV4 VINUSB GPIOLV3 Startup Sequencer Decode Trim? PUMSx GPIOLV1 GPIOLV2 OVP Figure 2. Simplified Internal Block Diagram MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 6 Pin Connections 4 Pin Connections 4.1 Pinout Diagram 1 A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 TRICKLESEL GNDACHRG BATT CFP BP VBUSVIN CHRGLX GNDCHRG LEDVDD LICELL PWM1 GPIOVDD PUMS4 15 B AUXVIN AUXVIN PRETMR BPTHERM CFN GBAT VBUSVIN CHRGLX GNDCHRG CHRGLEDG GPIOLV1 GNDGPIO PUMS3 PUMS2 SUBSANA2 C AUXVIN AUXVIN SUBSANA3 NTCREF CHRGFB BPSNS VBUSVIN CHRGLX GNDCHRG PWM2 GPIOLV3 PUMS1 GNDSW2 GNDSW2 GNDSW2 D VAUX GOTG GAUX SDWNB VBUSVIN CHRGLX GNDCHRG ICTEST GPIOLV2 PUMS5 SW2LX SW2LX SW2LX E RESETB GNDCTRL PWRON2 INT BATTISNSCCN BATTISNSP ITRIC SUBSPWR1 CHRGLEDR GPIOLV0 SW2FB SW2IN SW2IN SW2IN F MISO GNDSPI MOSI SPIVCC RESETBMCU BATTISNSCCP BATTISNSN SUBSPWR1 SUBSPWR1 GNDREF2 SWBSTIN SWBSTIN GNDSW3 GNDSW3 G CLK CS VINUSB RXD TXD GLBRST PWRON1 SUBSPWR1 SW2PWGD SW3FB GNDSWBST GNDSWBST SW3LX SW3LX H VBUS VUSB UID VALWAYS SUBSREF SUBSPWR1 MIC SUBSPWR1 SUBSPWR1 CLK32KMCU CLK32KVCC SWBSTFB CLK32K SW3IN SW3IN J DM SPKR VCOREDIG VDDLP STANDBY TSY2 TSY1 SUBSPWR1 SUBSPWR1 VDACDRV VINPLL VPLL VSRTC SWBSTLX SWBSTLX K DP SPKL VCORE TSX1 ADIN10 ADIN9 SUBSPWR1 SUBSPWR1 VHALF VGEN2 VDAC GNDREG1 GNDRTC SUBSLDO L DPLUS GNDCORE GNDUSB WDI ADIN11 SUBSPWR1 GNDREF1 SW1VSSSNS SW1CFG VINREFDDR GNDREG2 VUSB2 LDOVDD XTAL2 M DMINUS GNDREF SW4CFG SW5FB SW1FB SW1PWGD VGEN1 VUSB2DRV XTAL1 N VCOREREF GNDADC GNDADC GNDADC P TSREF GNDSW4A GNDADC GNDADC SW4BFB SW4ALX SW4AIN SW4BIN SW4BLX R TSX2 SW5IN SW5LX GNDSW5 SW4AFB SW5IN SW5LX GNDSW5 GNDSW4B SW5IN SW5LX GNDSW5 SW1IN SW1IN SUBSANA1 VINGEN1 VGEN2DRV GNDSW1A SW1ALX SW1IN SW1BLX GNDSW1B VREFDDR GNDSW1A SW1ALX SW1IN SW1BLX GNDSW1B Legend LDOs Switching Regulators Control Logic Misc RTC Ground USB ADC SPI/I2C No Connect No Ball Figure 3. Top View Ballmap MC34708 7 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Pin Connections 4.2 Pin Definitions Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function Definition Charger (Function no longer supported on MC34708) A7, B7, C7, D7 VBUSVIN NC Charger Not supported. No Connect B1, B2, C1, C2 AUXVIN NC Charger Not supported. No Connect VAUX NC Charger Not supported. No Connect A8, B8, C8, D8 CHRGLX NC Charger Not supported. No Connect C5 CHRGFB I GOTG NC Charger Not supported. No Connect GAUX NC Charger Not supported. No Connect BPSNS I BP sense point BP I 1. Application supply point 2. Input supply to the IC core circuitry 3. Application supply voltage sense GBAT O Connect to GND ITRIC NC BATTISNSP I Battery current sensing point.(Optional) If required, connect a 20 m sense resistor between BATTISNSP and BATTISNSN BATTISNSN I Battery current sensing point (Optional) If required, connect a 20 m sense resistor between BATTISNSP and BATTISNSN BATT I 1. Battery positive terminal 2. Battery current sensing point 2 3. Battery supply voltage sense BATTISNSCCP NC Coulomb counter Not supported. No Connect BATTISNSCCN NC Coulomb counter Not supported. No Connect A2 TRICKLESEL I Connect to VCOREDIG B3 PRETMR I Connect to Ground CFP NC Coulomb Counter Not supported. No Connect CFN NC Coulomb Counter Not supported. No Connect A10 LEDVDD O LED supply E10 CHRGLEDR I Red LED driver D1 D2 D3 C6 A6 B6 E8 E7 F7 A4 F6 E6 A5 B5 Connect to BATT pin Charger Not supported. No Connect MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 8 Pin Connections Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions (continued) Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function B10 CHRGLEDG I A3 GNDACHRG GND Analog ground A9, B9, C9, D9 GNDCHRG GND Ground NTCREF NC BPTHERM I Connect to Ground K3 VCORE O Regulated supply for the IC analog core circuitry J3 VCOREDIG O Regulated supply for the IC digital core circuitry H4 VALWAYS O Always on supply for internal core circuitry N1 VCOREREF O Main bandgap reference J4 VDDLP O VDDLP reference L2 GNDCORE GND Ground for the IC core circuitry M2 GNDREF GND Ground reference for the IC core circuitry C4 B4 Definition Green LED driver Charger Not supported. No Connect IC Core Switching Regulators N11, N12, P12, R12 SW1IN I SW1 input P11, R11 SW1ALX O SW1A switch node connection M10 SW1FB I SW1 feedback P10, R10 GNDSW1A GND Ground for SW1A L9 SW1VSSSNS GND SW1 sense M11 SW1PWGD O Powergood signal for SW1 P13, R13 SW1BLX O SW1B switch node connection P14, R14 GNDSW1B GND L10 SW1CFG I SW1A/B mode configuration E13, E14, E15 SW2IN I SW2 input D13, D14, D15 SW2LX O SW2 switch node connection E12 SW2FB I SW2 feedback C13, C14, C15 GNDSW2 GND G10 SW2PWGD O Powergood signal for SW2 H14, H15 SW3IN I SW3 input G14, G15 SW3LX O SW3 switch node connection G11 SW3FB I SW3 feedback F14, F15 GNDSW3 GND Ground for SW3 F11 GNDREF2 GND Ground reference for switching regulators R3 SW4AIN I Ground for SW1B Ground for SW2 SW4A input MC34708 9 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Pin Connections Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions (continued) Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function R2 SW4ALX O SW4A switch node connection P6 SW4AFB I SW4A feedback P2 GNDSW4A GND R4 SW4BIN I SW4B input R5 SW4BLX O SW4B switch node connection P5 SW4BFB I SW4B feedback R6 GNDSW4B GND M6 SW4CFG I SW4A/B mode configuration N7, P7, R7 SW5IN I SW5 input N8, P8, R8 SW5LX O SW5 output M7 SW5FB I SW5 feedback N9, P9, R9 GNDSW5 GND Ground for SW5 L8 GNDREF1 GND Ground reference for Switching Regulators F12, F13 SWBSTIN I Boost Regulator BP supply J14, J15 SWBSTLX O SWBST switch node connection H12 SWBSTFB I Boost Regulator feedback G12, G13 GNDSWBST GND Definition Ground for SW4A Ground for SW4B Ground for boost Regulator LDO Regulators L11 VINREFDDR I VREFDDR input supply P15 VREFDDR O VREFDDR regulator output K10 VHALF O Half supply reference for VREFDDR J11 VINPLL I VPLL input supply J12 VPLL O VPLL regulator output J10 VDACDRV O Drive output for VDAC regulator using external PNP device K12 VDAC O VDAC regulator output LDOVDD I Supply pin for VUSB2, VDAC, and VGEN2. Must always be connected to the same supply as the PNP emitter. Recommended to use BP as the LDOVDD supply. See Figure 38 for a typical connection diagram. I 1. VUSB2 input using internal PMOS FET O 2. Drive output for VUSB2 regulator using external PNP device L14 M14 VUSB2DRV L13 VUSB2 O VUSB2 regulator output N14 VINGEN1 I VGEN1 input supply M13 VGEN1 O VGEN1 regulator output I 1. VGEN2 input using internal PMOS FET O 2. Drive output for VGEN2 regulator using external PNP device N15 VGEN2DRV K11 VGEN2 O VGEN2 regulator output J13 VSRTC O Output regulator for SRTC module on processor K13 GNDREG1 GND Ground for regulators 1 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 10 Pin Connections Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions (continued) Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function L12 GNDREG2 GND A13 GPIOVDD I E11 GPIOLV0 I/O General purpose input/output 0 B11 GPIOLV1 I/O General purpose input/output 1 D11 GPIOLV2 I/O General purpose input/output 2 C11 GPIOLV3 I/O General purpose input/output 3 A12 PWM1 O PWM output 1 C10 PWM2 O PWM output 2 B12 GNDGPIO - GPIO ground LICELL I/O M15 XTAL1 I 32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 1 L15 XTAL2 I 32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 2 K14 GNDRTC GND H11 CLK32KVCC I Supply voltage for 32 kHz buffer H13 CLK32K O 32 kHz Clock output for peripherals H10 CLK32KMCU O 32 kHz Clock output for processor E1 RESETB O Reset output for peripherals F5 RESETBMCU O Reset output for processor L4 WDI I Watchdog input J5 STANDBY I Standby input signal from processor E4 INT O Interrupt to processor G8 PWRON1 I Power on/off button connection 1 E3 PWRON2 I Power on/off button connection 2 G7 GLBRST I Global Reset C12 PUMS1 I Power up mode supply setting 1 B14 PUMS2 I Power up mode supply setting 2 B13 PUMS3 I Power up mode supply setting 3 A14 PUMS4 I Power up mode supply setting 4 D12 PUMS5 I Power up mode supply setting 5 D10 ICTEST I Connect to ground for normal mode operation. E2 GNDCTRL GND F4 SPIVCC I Supply for SPI bus G2 CS I Primary SPI select input G1 CLK I Primary SPI clock input F3 MOSI I Primary SPI write input F1 MISO O Primary SPI read output Definition Ground for regulators 2 Supply for GPIO Control Logic A11 1. Coin cell supply input 2. Coin cell charger output Ground for the RTC block Ground for control logic MC34708 11 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Pin Connections Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions (continued) Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function D4 SDWNB O F2 GNDSPI GND H3 UID I/O L3 GNDUSB GND USB Ground K1 DP I/O USB Data + J1 DM I/O USB Data – L1 DPLUS I/O Processor D+ M1 DMINUS I/O Processor D- G4 RXD O UART Receive G5 TXD I/O UART Transmit H7 MIC O Mic output J2 SPKR I Speaker right K2 SPKL I Speaker left H1 VBUS I/O USB transceiver cable interface VBUS & OTG supply output H2 VUSB O USB transceiver regulator output G3 VINUSB I Input option for VUSB; tie to SWBST at top level. K7 ADIN9 I ADC generic input channel 9 K6 ADIN10 I ADC generic input channel 10, L6 ADIN11 I ADC generic input channel 11 K4 TSX1/ADIN12 I Touch Screen Interface X1 or ADC generic input channel 12 L5 TSX2/ADIN13 I Touch Screen Interface X2 or ADC generic input channel 13 J7 TSY1/ADIN14 I Touch Screen Interface Y1 or ADC generic input channel 14 J6 TSY2/ADIN15 I Touch Screen Interface Y2 or ADC generic input channel 15 P1 TSREF O Touch Screen Reference N2, N3, N4, P3, P4 GNDADC GND Ground for ADC USB Definition Indication of imminent system shutdown Ground for SPI interface (2) USB OTG transceiver cable ID A to D Converter Thermal Grounds H5 SUBSREF GND Substrate ground connection for reference circuitry E9, F8,F9, L7, G9, H6, H8, H9, J8, J9, K8, K9 SUBSPWR1 GND Substrate ground connection for power devices SW1, SW4, SW5 K15 SUBSLDO GND Substrate ground connection for all LDOs N13 SUBSANA1 GND Substrate ground connection for analog circuitry of SW1, SW4, SW5 B15 SUBSANA2 GND Substrate ground connection for analog circuitry of SW2, SW3, SWBST MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 12 Pin Connections Table 3. MC34708 Pin Definitions (continued) Pin Number Pin Name Pin Function C3 SUBSANA3 GND Definition Substrate ground connection for analog circuitry Notes 2. In applications without USB support, leave all USB pins unconnected. MC34708 13 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor General Product Characteristics 5 General Product Characteristics 5.1 Maximum Ratings Table 4. Maximum Ratings All voltages are with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or permanent damage to the device. Symbol Description (Rating) Max. Unit Notes ELECTRICAL RATINGS VBATT, VBP, VLICELL Input Supply Pins V • BATT, BP, BPSNS 4.8 • LICELL 4.8 Input Sense Pins V • CHRGFB 7.5 • BATTISNSP, BATTISNSN 5.5 LED Drivers Pins • CHRGLEDR, CHRGLEDG V 7.5 IC Core Reference V • VCOREREF 1.5 • VCOREDIG, VDDLP 1.65 • VCORE 3.6 • VALWAYS 7.5 Switching Regulators Pins V • SWxIN, SWxLX, SWBSTFB 5.5 • SWxFB, SWxPWGD, SWxCFG 3.6 • SWBSTLX 7.5 LDO Regulator Pins V • VREFDDR, VHALF 1.5 • VPLL, VGEN1, VINGEN1, VSRTC 2.5 • VINREFDDR,VDAC, VUSB2, VGEN2, 3.6 • VINPLL, VDACDRV, VUSB2DRV, VGEN2DRV 4.8 • LDOVDD 5.5 GPIO Pins • GPIOVDD, GPIOLVx, PWMx V 2.5 Control Logic Pins V • ICTEST 1.8 • XTAL1, XTAL2 2.5 • CLK32KVCC, CLK32K, CLK32KMCU, WDI, STANDBY,INT, PWRON1, PWRON2, GLBRST, PUMSx, SPIVCC, CS, CLK, MOSI, MISO, SDWNB 3.6 Mini/Micro USB Interface Pins V • VBUS input sense pin 20 • VUSB 3.6 • UID, DP, DM, DPLUS, DMINUS, RXD, TXD, MIC, SPKR, SPKL, VINUSB 5.5 ADC Interface Pins • ADINx, TSX1/ADIN12, TSX2/ADIN13, TSY1/ADIN14, TSY2/ADIN15, TSREF V 4.8 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 14 General Product Characteristics Table 4. Maximum Ratings (continued) All voltages are with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or permanent damage to the device. Symbol VESD Description (Rating) Max. Unit Notes V ESD Ratings • Human Body Model All pins 2000 (3) • Charge Device Model All pins 500 (3) • Air Gap Discharge Model for UID, VBUS, DP, and DM pins 15000 (4) • Human Body Model (HBM) for UID, VBUS, DP, and DM pins 8000 (4) Notes 3. ESD testing is performed in accordance with the Human Body Model (HBM) (CZAP = 100 pF, RZAP = 1500 ), and the Charge Device Model (CDM), Robotic (CZAP = 4.0 pF). 4. Need external ESD protection diode array to meet IEC1000-4-2 15000 V Air Gap discharge and 8000 V HBM requirements. (CZAP = 150 pF, RZAP = 330 ohm). 5.2 Thermal Characteristics Table 5. Thermal Ratings Symbol Description (Rating) Min. Max. Unit Notes THERMAL RATINGS TA Ambient Operating Temperature Range -40 85 °C TJ Operating Junction Temperature Range -40 125 °C Storage Temperature Range -65 150 °C - Note 7 °C (6), (7) - 93 °C/W (8), (9) - 53 °C/W (8), (10) - 80 °C/W (8), (10) - 49 °C/W (8), (10) TST TPPRT Peak Package Reflow Temperature During Reflow (5) 8.0 X 8.0 MM, THERMAL RESISTANCE AND PACKAGE DISSIPATION RATINGS RθJA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection • Single layer board (1s) RθJMA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection • Four layer board (2s2p) RθJMA Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.) • Single layer board (1s) RθJMA Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.) • Four layer board (2s2p) RθJB Junction to Board - 34 °C/W (11) RθJC Junction to Case - 25 °C/W (12) θJT Junction to Package Top - 3.0 °C/W (13) - 57 °C/W (8), (9) - 36 °C/W (8), (9), (10) • Natural Convection 13 X 13 MM, THERMAL RESISTANCE AND PACKAGE DISSIPATION RATINGS RθJA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection • Single layer board (1s) RθJMA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection • Four layer board (2s2p) MC34708 15 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor General Product Characteristics Table 5. Thermal Ratings (continued) Symbol RθJMA Description (Rating) Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.) Min. Max. Unit Notes - 48 °C/W (8), (10) - 32 °C/W (8), (10) • Single layer board (1s) RθJMA Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.) • Four layer board (2s2p) RθJB Junction to Board - 22 °C/W (11) RθJC Junction to Case - 15 °C/W (12) θJT Junction to Package Top - 3.0 °C/W (13) • Natural Convection Notes 5. Do not operate above 125 °C for extended periods of time. Operation above 150 °C may cause permanent damage to the IC. 6. Pin soldering temperature limit is for 10 seconds maximum duration. Not designed for immersion soldering. Exceeding these limits may cause a malfunction or permanent damage to the device. 7. Freescale’s Package Reflow capability meets Pb-free requirements for JEDEC standard J-STD-020C. For Peak Package Reflow Temperature and Moisture Sensitivity Levels (MSL), Go to www.freescale.com, search by part number [e.g. remove prefixes/suffixes and enter the core ID to view all orderable parts (i.e. MC33xxxD enter 33xxx), and review parametrics. 8. Junction temperature is a function of on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board) temperature, ambient temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal resistance. 9. Per JEDEC JESD51-2 with the single layer board horizontal. Board meets JESD51-9 specification. 10. Per JEDEC JESD51-6 with the board horizontal. 11. Thermal resistance between the die and the printed circuit board per JEDEC JESD51-8. Board temperature is measured on the top surface of the board near the package. 12. Thermal resistance between the die and the case top surface as measured by the cold plate method (MIL SPEC-883 Method 1012.1). 13. Thermal characterization parameter indicating the temperature difference between package top and the junction temperature per JEDEC JESD51-2. When Greek letters are not available, the thermal characterization parameter is written as Psi-JT. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 16 General Product Characteristics 5.2.1 Power Dissipation During operation, the temperature of the die should not exceed the maximum junction temperature. To optimize the thermal management scheme and avoid overheating, the MC34708 PMIC provides a thermal management system. The thermal protection is based on a circuit with a voltage output proportional to the absolute temperature.This voltage can be read out via the ADC for specific temperature readouts, see Channel 3 Die Temperature. The ADEN SPI bit must be set = 1 to enable the comparators for the thermal monitoring (THERM110, THERM120, THERM125, THERM130, and thermal shutdown). With ADEN = 0 the thermal monitors and thermal shutdown are disabled. Interrupts THERM110, THERM120, THERM125, and THERM130 will be generated when respectively crossing in either direction the thresholds specified in Table 6. The temperature range can be determined by reading the THERMxxxS bits. Thermal protection is integrated to power off the MC34708 PMIC in case of over dissipation. This thermal protection will act above the maximum junction temperature to avoid any unwanted power downs. The protection is debounced for 8.0 ms in order to suppress any (thermal) noise. This protection should be considered as a fail-safe mechanism and therefore the application design should be dimensioned such that this protection is not tripped under normal conditions. The temperature thresholds and the sense bit assignment are listed in Table 6 . Table 6. Thermal Protection Thresholds Parameter Min Typ Max Units Thermal 110 °C threshold (THERM110) 105 110 115 °C Thermal 120 °C threshold (THERM120) 115 120 125 °C Thermal 125 °C threshold (THERM125) 120 125 130 °C Thermal 130 °C threshold (THERM130) 125 130 135 °C Thermal warning hysteresis 2.0 - 4.0 °C Thermal protection threshold 130 140 150 °C Notes (14) Notes 14. Equivalent to approx. 30 mW min, 60 mW max The THERM1xx thresholds are debounced by the SPI bits DIE_TEMP_DB[1:0], which are programmable from 100 s to 4.0 ms (4.0 ms by default), see Table 7. When the die temperature crosses these thresholds, the corresponding sense bit will change, and an interrupt will be generated to notify the software the hardware is reaching its thermal limit. Table 7. Die Temp Debounce Settings DIE_TEMP_DB [1:0] Time Units 00 0.100 ms 01 1.0 ms 10 2.5 ms 11 (default) 4.0 ms MC34708 17 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor General Product Characteristics 5.3 Electrical Characteristics 5.3.1 Recommended Operating Conditions Table 8. Recommended Operating Conditions Symbol Description (Rating) VBP VLICELL TA 5.3.2 Min. Max. Unit Main Input Supply 3.0 4.5 V LICELL Backup Battery 1.8 3.6 V Ambient Temperature -40 85 °C Notes General PMIC Specifications Table 9. Pin Logic Thresholds Pin Name Internal Termination (19) PWRON1, PWRON2, GLBRST Pull-up STANDBY, WDI Weak Pull-down CLK32K CLK32KMCU CMOS CMOS RESETB, Open Drain RESETBMCU, SDWNB, SW1PWGD, SW2PWGD CMOS GPIOLV1,2,3,4 Open Drain PWM1, PWM2 CMOS CLK, MOSI CS Weak Pull-down CS, MOSI (at Booting Weak Pull-down for SPI / I2C decoding) on CS Load Condition Min Max (22) Unit Notes Input Low 47 kOhm 0.0 0.3 V (16) Input High 1.0 MOhm 1.0 VCOREDIG V (16) Input Low - 0.0 0.3 V (21) Input High - 0.9 3.6 V (21) Output Low -100 A 0.0 0.2 V Output High 100 A CLK32KVCC - 0.2 CLK32KVCC V Output Low -100 A 0.0 0.2 V Output High 100 A VSRTC - 0.2 VSRTC V Output Low -2.0 mA 0.0 0.4 V (20) Open Drain - 3.6 V (20) Input Low - 0.0 0.3 * GPIOVDD V Input High - 0.7 * GPIOVDD GPIOVDD + 0.3 V Output Low - 0.0 0.2 V Output High - GPIOVDD - 0.2 GPIOVDD V Output Low -2.0 mA 0 0.4 V Output High Open Drain - GPIOVDD + 0.3 V Output Low - 0.0 0.2 V Output High - GPIOVDD - 0.2 GPIOVDD V Input Low - 0.0 0.3 * SPIVCC V (15) Input High - 0.7 * SPIVCC SPIVCC + 0.3 V (15) Input Low - 0.0 0.4 V (15) Input High - 1.1 SPIVCC + 0.3 V (15) Input Low - 0.0 0.3 * VCOREDIG V (15) (23) V (15) (23) Parameter Output High Input High - 0.7 * VCOREDIG VCOREDIG , , MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 18 General Product Characteristics Table 9. Pin Logic Thresholds Pin Name MISO, INT PUMS1,2,3,4,5 ICTEST SW1CFG, SW4CFG Notes 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Internal Termination (19) Load Condition Min Max (22) Unit Output Low -100 A 0.0 0.2 V Output High 100 A SPIVCC - 0.2 SPIVCC V Input Low PUMSxS = 0 - 0.0 0.3 V (17) Input High PUMSxS = 1 - 1.0 VCOREDIG V (17) Input Low - 0.0 0.3 V (18) Input High - 1.1 1.7 V (18) Input Low - 0.0 0.3 V Input Mid - 1.3 2.0 V Input High - 2.5 3.1 V Parameter CMOS Notes MISO (15) (24) MISO (15) (24) SPIVCC is typically connected to the output of buck regulator SW5 and set to 1.800 V Input has internal pull-up to VCOREDIG equivalent to 200 kOhm Input state is latched in first phase of cold start, refer to Serial Interfaces for a description of the PUMS configuration Input state is not latched A weak pull-down represents a nominal internal pull-down of 100 nA unless otherwise noted RESETB, RESETBMCU, SDWNB, SW1PWGD, SW2PWGD have open drain outputs, external pull-ups are required SPIVCC needs to remain enabled for proper detection of WDI High to avoid involuntary shutdown The maximum should never exceed the maximum rating of the pin as given in Pin Connections The weak pull-down on CS is disabled if a VIH is detected at startup to avoid extra consumption in I2C mode The output drive strength is programmable MC34708 19 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor General Product Characteristics 5.3.3 Current Consumption The current consumption of the individual blocks is described in detail throughout this specification. For convenience, a summary table follows for standard use cases. Table 10. Current Consumption Summary (27) Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Mode Description All blocks disabled, no main battery attached, coin cell is attached to LICELL (at 25 °C only) RTC / Power cut Typ Max Unit 4.0 8.0 A 20 55 A 340 424 A 480 561 A Notes • RTC Logic • VSRTC • 32 kHz Oscillator • Clk32KMCU buffer active(10 pF load) All blocks disabled, main battery attached • Digital Core OFF (good battery) • RTC Logic • VSRTC • 32 kHz Oscillator • CLK32KMCU buffer active (10 pF load) Low Power Mode (Standby pin asserted and ON_STBY_LP=1) • Digital Core • RTC Logic • VCORE Module • VSRTC LPM ON Standby • CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pF load) • 32 kHz Oscillator • IREF • SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in PFM (26),(30) • VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC in low power mode (25),(28) • Mini-USB • Digital Core • RTC Logic • VCORE module • VSRTC • CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pF load) • 32 kHz Oscillator ON Standby • Digital • IREF • SW1, SW2, SW3 SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in PFM (26),(30) • VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC on in low power mode (26),(28) • Mini-USB • PLL (for mini USB) MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 20 General Product Characteristics Table 10. Current Consumption Summary (27) Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Typical use case 1600 3000 A • Digital Core • RTC Logic • VCORE Module • VSRTC CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pf) • 32 kHz Oscillator • IREF ON • SW1, SW2, SW3 SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in Apskip SWBST (26),(29),(30) • VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC on in low power mode (25),(28) • Digital • PLL • Mini-USB Notes 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Equivalent to approx. 30 mW min, 60 mW max Current in RTC Mode is from LICELL=2.5 V; in all other modes from BP = 3.6 V. External loads are not included (1) VUSB2, VGEN2 external pass PNPs SWBST in auto mode SW4A output 2.5 V MC34708 21 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor General Description 6 General Description 6.1 Features Power Generation • Six Buck Switching Regulators • Two Single/Dual Phase Buck Regulators • Three Single Phase Buck Regulators • PFM/Auto Pulse Skip/PWM Operation Mode • Dynamic Voltage Scaling • 5 V Boost Regulator • USB On-the-go Support • Eight LDO Regulators • Two with Selectable Internal or External Pass Devices • Five with Embedded Pass Devices • One with an External PNP Device Analog to Digital Converter • Seven General Purpose Channels • Internal Dedicated Channels • Resistive Touchscreen Interface Auxiliary Circuits • Mini/Micro USB Switch • Bidirectional Audio/Data/UART • Accessory Identification Circuit • General Purpose I/Os • PWM Outputs • Two general purpose LED Drivers. Clocking and Oscillators • Real Time clock • Time and day Counters • Time of day Alarm • 32.768 kHz Crystal Oscillator • Coin Cell Battery Backup and Charger Serial Interface • SPI • I2C MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 22 General Description 6.2 Block Diagram SIX BUCK REGULATORS Processor Core Split Power Domains DDR Memory I/O EIGHT LDO REGULATORS Peripherals 10-BIT ADC CORE General Purpose Resistive Touch Screen Interface 32.768 kHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR Real Time Clock SRTC Support with Coin Cell Charger 5 V BOOST REGULATOR USB On The Go Supply MC34708 BIAS & REFERENCES Trimmed Bandgap CONTROL INTERFACE SPI/I2C MINI/MICRO USB INTERFACE USB/UART/Audio Auto Accessory Detect GENERAL PURPOSE I/O & PWM OUTPUTS Dual LED Indicator POWER CONTROL LOGIC State Machine Figure 4. Functional Block Diagram 6.3 Functional Description The MC34708 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) represents a complete system power solution in a single package. Designed specifically for use with the Freescale i.MX50/53 families. The MC34708 integrates six multi-mode buck regulators and eight LDO regulators for direct supply of the processor core, memory and peripherals. The USB switch enables the use of a single, mini or micro USB connector for USB, UART and audio connections, switching the relevant signals to the connector depending on the type of device connected. In addition, the MC34708 also integrates a real time clock, coin cell charger, a 13-channel 10-bit ADC, 5 V USB Boost regulator, two PWM outputs, touch-screen interface, status LED drivers and four GPIOs. MC34708 23 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7 Functional Block Description 7.1 Startup Requirements When power is applied, there is an initial delay of 8.0 ms during which the core circuitry is enabled. The switching and linear regulators are then sequentially enabled in time slot steps of 2.0 ms. This allows the PMIC to limit the inrush current. The outputs of the switching regulators not enabled are discharged with weak pull-downs on the output to ensure a proper powerup sequence. Any undervoltage detection at BP is masked while the power-up sequencer is running. When the switching regulators are enabled, they will start in PWM mode. After 3.0 ms, the switching regulators will transition to the mode programmed in the SPI register map. The Power-up mode select pins PUMSx (x = 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5) are used to configure the start-up characteristics of the regulators. Supply enabling and output level options are selected by hardwiring the PUMSx pins. It is recommended to minimize the load during system boot-up by supplying only the essential voltage domains. This allows the start-up transients to be minimized after which the rest of the system power tree can be brought up by software. The PUMSx pins also allow optimization of the supply sequence and default values. Software code can load the required programmable options without any change to hardware. The state of the PUMSx pins are latched before any of the regulators are enabled, with the exception of VCORE. PUMSx options and start-up configurations are robust to a PCUT event, whether occurring during normal operation or during the 8.0 ms of presequencer initialization, i.e. the system will not end up in an unexpected / undesirable consumption state. Table 11 shows the initial setup for the voltage level of the switching and linear regulators, and whether they get enabled. Table 11. Power Up Defaults i.MX Reserved 53 LPM 53 DDR2 53 DDR3 53 LVDDR3 53 LVDDR2 50 MDDR 50 50 50 50 50 LPDDR2 LPDDR2 MDDR LPDDR2 MDDR PUMS[4:1] 0000-0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 PUMS5=0 VUSB2 VGEN2 Reserved Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP PUMS5=1 VUSB2 VGEN2 Reserved Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS Internal PMOS SW1A (VDDGP) Reserved 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 SW1B (VDDGP) Reserved 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 SW2(31) (VCC) Reserved 1.225 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 SW3(31) (VDDA) Reserved 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 SW4A(31) (DDR/SYS) Reserved 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.35 1.2 1.8 1.2 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 SW4B(31) (DDR/SYS) Reserved 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.35 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.8 SW5(31) (I/O) Reserved 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 SWBST Reserved Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off VUSB(32) Reserved 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 VUSB2 Reserved 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 24 Functional Block Description Table 11. Power Up Defaults i.MX Reserved 53 LPM 53 DDR2 53 DDR3 53 LVDDR3 53 LVDDR2 50 MDDR 50 50 50 50 50 LPDDR2 LPDDR2 MDDR LPDDR2 MDDR VSRTC Reserved 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 VPLL Reserved 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 VREFDDR Reserved On On On On On On On On On On On VDAC Reserved 2.775 2.775 2.775 2.775 2.775 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 VGEN1 Reserved 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 VGEN2 Reserved 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 2.5 2.5 Notes 31. The SWx node are activated in APS mode when enabled by the startup sequencer. 32. VUSB regulator is only enabled if 5.0 V is present on VBUS. By default VUSB will be supplied by VBUS. SWBST = 5.0 V powers up as does VUSB, regardless of 5.0 V present on UVBUS. By default VUSB is supplied by SWBST. The power up sequence is shown in Tables 12 and 13. VCOREDIG, VSRTC, and VCORE, are brought up in the pre-sequencer startup. Table 12. Power Up Sequence i.MX53 Tap x 2.0 ms PUMS [4:1] = [0101,0110,0111,1000,1001] (i.MX53) 0 SW2 (VCC) 1 VPLL (NVCC_CKIH = 1.8 V) 2 VGEN2 (VDD_REG= 2.5 V, external PNP 3 SW3 (VDDA) 4 SW1A/B (VDDGP) 5 SW4A/B, VREFDDR (DDR/SYS) 6 7 SW5 (I/O), VGEN1 8 VUSB (33), VUSB2 9 VDAC Notes: 33. The VUSB regulator is only enabled if 5.0 V is present on the VBUS pin. By default VUSB will be supplied by the VBUS pin. MC34708 25 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 13. Power Up Sequence i.MX50 Tap x 2.0 ms PUMS [4:1] = [0100, 1011, 1100, 1101, 1110, 1111] (i.MX50/I.MX53) 0 SW2 1 SW3 2 SW1A/B 3 VDAC 4 SW4A/B, VREFDDR 5 SW5 6 VGEN2, VUSB2 7 VPLL 8 VGEN1 9 VUSB (34) Notes: 34. The VUSB regulator is only enabled if 5.0 V is present on the VBUS pin. By default VUSB will be supplied by the VBUS pin. 7.2 Bias and References Block Description and Application Information All regulators use the main bandgap as the reference. The main bandgap is bypassed with a capacitor at VCOREREF. The bandgap and the rest of the core circuitry is supplied from VCORE. The performance of the regulators is directly dependent on the performance of VCORE and the bandgap. No external DC loading is allowed on VCORE, VCOREDIG, and REFCORE. VCOREDIG is kept powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or coin cell. Table 14 shows the main characteristics of the core circuitry. Table 14. Core Voltages Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • ON mode - 1.5 - • OFF mode with good battery and RTC mode - 1.2 - - 1.0 - • ON mode with good battery - 1.5 - • OFF mode with good battery - 1.2 - • RTC mode - 1.2 - - 100 - Unit Notes VCOREDIG (DIGITAL CORE SUPPLY) VCOREDIG CCOREDIG Output voltage VCOREDIG bypass capacitor V (35) F VDDLP (DIGITAL CORE SUPPLY - LOWER POWER) VDDLP CDDLP Output voltage VDDLP bypass capacitor V (36) pF (37) MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 26 Functional Block Description Table 14. Core Voltages Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit • ON mode - 2.775 - • OFF and RTC mode - 0.0 - - 1.0 - F Output voltage - 1.2 - V Absolute Accuracy - 0.5 - % Temperature Drift - 0.25 - % VCOREREF bypass capacitor - 100 - nF Notes VCORE (ANALOG CORE SUPPLY) VCORE CCORE Output voltage VCORE bypass capacitor V (35) VCOREREF (BANDGAP VOLTAGE/ REGULATOR REFERENCE) VCOREREF CCOREREF (35) Notes 35. 3.0 V < BP < 4.5 V, no external loading on VCOREDIG, VDDLP, VCORE, or VCOREREF. Extended operation down to UVDET, but no system malfunction. 36. Powered by VCOREDIG 37. Maximum capacitance on VDDLP should not exceed 1000 pF, including the board capacitance. 7.3 7.3.1 Clocking and Oscillators Clock Generation A system clock is generated for internal digital circuitry as well as for external applications utilizing the clock output pins. A crystal oscillator is used for the 32.768 kHz time base and generation of related derivative clocks. If the crystal oscillator is not running (for example, if the crystal is not present), an internal 32 kHz oscillator will be used instead. Support is also provided for an external Secure Real Time Clock (SRTC) which may be integrated on a companion system processor IC. For media protection in compliance with Digital Rights Management (DRM) system requirements, the CLK32KMCU can be provided as a reference to the SRTC module where tamper protection is implemented. 7.3.1.1 Clocking Scheme The internal 32 kHz oscillator is an integrated backup for the crystal oscillator, and provides a 32.768 kHz nominal frequency at 60% accuracy, if running. The internal oscillator only runs if a valid supply is available at BP, and would not be used as long as the crystal oscillator is active. In absence of a valid supply at the BP supply node, the crystal oscillator will continue to operate as it is powered from the coin cell battery. All control functions will run off the crystal derived frequency, occasionally referred to as “32 kHz” for brevity’s sake. During the switch-over between the two clock sources (such as when the crystal oscillator is starting up), the output clock is maintained at a stable active low or high phase of the internal 32 kHz clock to avoid any clocking glitches. If the XTAL clock source suddenly disappears during operation, the IC will revert back to the internal clock source. Given the unpredictable nature of the event and the startup times involved, the clock may be absent long enough for the application to shutdown during this transition due to various reasons, for example a sag in the regulator output voltage or absence of a signal on the clock output pins. A status bit, CLKS, is available to indicate to the processor which clock is currently selected: CLKS = 0 when the internal RC is used and CLKS = 1 if the crystal source is used. The CLKI interrupt bit will be set whenever a change in the clock source occurs, and an interrupt will be generated if the corresponding CLKM mask bit is cleared. MC34708 27 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.3.1.2 Oscillator Specifications The crystal oscillator has been optimized for use in conjunction with the Micro Crystal CC7V-T1A32.768 kHz-9.0 pF-30 ppm or equivalent (such as Micro Crystal CC5V-T1A or Epson FC135) and is capable of handling its parametric variations. The electrical characteristics of the 32 kHz Crystal oscillator are given in the following table, taking into account the crystal characteristics noted above. The oscillator accuracy depends largely on the temperature characteristics of the crystal. Application circuits can be optimized for required accuracy by adapting the external crystal oscillator network (via component accuracy and/ or tuning). Additionally, a clock calibration system is provided to adjust the 32.768 cycle counter that generates the 1.0 Hz timer and RTC registers; see SRTC Support for more detail. Table 15. Oscillator and Clock Main Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • Oscillator and RTC Block from BP 1.8 - 4.5 • Oscillator and RTC Block from LICELL 1.8 - 3.6 Unit Notes OSCILLATOR AND CLOCK OUTPUT VINRTC IINRTC Operating Voltage Operating Current Crystal Oscillator and RTC Module • All blocks disabled, no main battery attached, coin cell is attached to LICELL tSTART-RTC A - 2.0 5.0 - - 1.0 0.0 - 0.2 • CLK32K Output source 100 A CLK32K VCC -0.2 - CLK32K VCC • CLK32KMCU Output sink 50 A VSRTC-0.2 - VSRTC • CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 00 - 6.0 - • CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 01 (default) - 2.5 - • CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 10 - 3.0 - • CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 11 - 2.0 - - 22 - RTC oscillator startup time • Upon application of power VRTCLO V sec Output Low • CLK32K Output sink 100 A V • CLK32KMCU Output source 50 A VRTCHI tCLK32KET tCKL32K MCUET Output High V CLK32K Rise and Fall Time, CL = 50 pF ns CLK32KMCU Rise and Fall Time • CL = 12 pF CLK32KDC/ CLK32K and CLK32KMCU Output Duty Cycle CLK32K • Crystal on XTAL1, XTAL2 pins MCUDC ns % 45 - 55 RMS Output Jitter • 1 Sigma for Gaussian distribution - - 30 ns RMS MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 28 Functional Block Description 7.3.2 SRTC Support When configured for DRM mode (SPI bit DRM = 1), the CLK32KMCU driver will be kept enabled through all operational states to ensure the SRTC module always has its reference clock. If DRM = 0, the CLK32KMCU driver will not be maintained in the Off state. It is also necessary to provide a means for the processor to do an RTC initiated wake-up of the system if it has been programmed for such capability. This can be accomplished by connecting an open drain NMOS driver to the PWRON pin of the MC34708 PMIC, so it is in effect, a parallel path for the power key. The MC34708 PMIC will not be able to discern the turn on event from a normal power key initiated turn on, but the processor should have the knowledge, since the RTC initiated turn on is generated locally. Open Drain output for RTC wake-up 34708 Processor 32 kHz SPIVCC=1.8 V I/O GP Domain=1.1 V Core Supply VCOREDIG LP Dominant=1.2 V SOG Supply On Detect SRTC HP-RC 32 kHz for DSM timing VCOREDIG Best of Supply VSRTC=1.2 V LP-RTC PWRONx CKIL: VSRTC 0.1 F On/Off Button VSRTC & Detect CLK32KMCU Coin Cell + Battery - + Main - Battery Figure 5. SRTC Block Diagram 7.3.2.1 VSRTC The VSRTC regulator provides the CLK32KMCU output level. Additionally, it is used to bias the Low Power SRTC domain of the SRTC module integrated on certain FSL processors. The VSRTC regulator is enabled as soon as the RTCPORB is detected. The VSRTC regulator cannot be disabled. Depending on the configuration of the PUMS[4:0] pins, the VSRTC voltage will be set to 1.3 or 1.2 V. With PUMS[4:0] = (0110, 0111, 1000, or 1001) VSRTC will be set to 1.3 V in ON mode (ON, ON Standby and ON Standby Low Power modes). In OFF and Coin Cell modes the VSRTC voltage will drop to 1.2 V with the PUMS[4:0] = (0110, 0111, 1000, or 1001). With PUMS[4:0] ≠ (0110, 0111, 1000, or 1001), VSRTC will be set to 1.2 V for all modes (ON, ON Standby, LPM ON Standby, OFF, and Coin Cell). Table 16. VSRTC Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Notes GENERAL VSRTCIN ISRTC COSRTC Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX V • Valid Coin Cell range 1.8 - 3.6 • Valid BP 1.8 - 4.5 0.0 - 50 A - 0.1 - F Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX Bypass Capacitor Value MC34708 29 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 16. VSRTC Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit 1.15 1.20 1.28 V 1.15 1.2 1.25 V 1.25 1.3 1.35 V Notes VSRTC - ACTIVE MODE - DC VSRTC Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX • ILMIN < IL < ILMAX • Off and coincell mode VSRTC Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX • ILMIN < IL < ILMAX • PUMS[4:0] (0110, 0111, 1000, 1001) • On mode (On, Standby, Standby LPM) VSRTC Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX • ILMIN < IL < ILMAX • PUMS[4:0] = (0110, 0111, 1000, 1001) • On mode (On, Standby, Standby LPM) ISRTCQ 7.3.2.2 A Active Mode Quiescent Current VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, IL = 0 • VSRTC = 1.2 V - 1.7 - • VSRTC = 1.3 V - 2.7 - Real Time Clock A Real Time Clock (RTC) is provided with time and day counters as well as an alarm function. The RTC utilizes the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator for the time base and is powered by the coin cell backup supply when BP has dropped below operational range. In configurations where the SRTC is used, the RTC can be disabled to conserve current drain by setting the RTCDIS bit to a 1 (defaults on at power up). Time and Day Counters The 32.768 kHz clock is divided down to a 1.0 Hz time tick which drives a 17 bit Time Of Day (TOD) counter. The TOD counter counts the seconds during a 24 hour period from 0 to 86,399 and will then roll over to 0. When the roll over occurs, it increments the 15 bit DAY counter. The DAY counter can count up to 32767 days. The 1.0 Hz time tick can be used to generate a 1HZI interrupt if unmasked. Time Of Day Alarm A Time Of Day Alarm (TODA) function can be used to turn on the application and alert the processor. If the application is already on, the processor will be interrupted. The TODA and DAYA registers are used to set the alarm time. When the TOD counter is equal to the value in TODA and the DAY counter is equal to the value in DAYA, the TODAI interrupt will be generated. Timer Reset As long as the supply at BP is valid, the real time clock will be supplied from VCOREDIG. If BP is not valid, the real time clock can be backed up from a coin cell via the LICELL pin. When the VSRTC voltage drops to the range of 0.9 - 0.8 V, the RTCPORB reset signal is generated and the contents of the RTC will be reset. Additional registers backed up by coin cell will also reset with RTCPORB. To inform the processor the contents of the RTC are no longer valid due to the reset, a timer reset interrupt function is implemented with the RTCRSTI bit. RTC Timer Calibration A clock calibration system is provided to adjust the 32.768 cycle counter that generates the 1.0 Hz timer for RTC timing registers. The general implementation relies on the system processor to measure the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator against a higher MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 30 Functional Block Description frequency and more accurate system clock such as a TCXO. If the RTC timer needs a correction, a 5-bit 2’s complement calibration word can be sent via the SPI to compensate the RTC for inaccuracy in its reference oscillator. Table 17. RTC Calibration Settings Code in RTCCAL[4:0] Correction in Counts per 32768 Relative correction in ppm 01111 +15 +458 00011 +3 +92 00001 +1 +31 00000 0 0 11111 -1 -31 11101 -3 -92 10001 -15 -458 10000 -16 -488 The available correction range should be sufficient to ensure drift accuracy in compliance with standards for DRM time keeping. Note that the 32.768 kHz oscillator is not affected by RTCCAL settings; calibration is only applied to the RTC time base counter. Therefore, the frequency at the clock output CLK32K is not affected. The RTC system calibration is enabled by programming the RTCCALMODE[1:0] for desired behavior by operational mode. Table 18. RTC Calibration Enabling RTCCALMODE Function 00 RTC Calibration disabled (default) 01 RTC Calibration enabled in all modes except coin cell only 10 Reserved for future use. Do not use. 11 RTC Calibration enabled in all modes The RTC Calibration circuitry can be automatically disabled when main battery contact is lost or if it is so deeply discharged that the RTC power draw is switched to the coin cell (configured with RTCCALMODE=01). Because of the low RTC consumption, RTC accuracy can be maintained through long periods of the application being shut down, even after the main battery has discharged. However, the calibration can only be as good as the RTCCAL data provided, so occasional refreshing is recommended to ensure any drift influencing environmental factors have not skewed the clock beyond desired tolerances. 7.3.3 Coin Cell Battery Backup The LICELL pin provides a connection for a coin cell backup battery or supercap. If the main battery is deeply discharged, removed, or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut), the RTC system and coin cell maintained logic will switch over to the LICELL for backup power. This switch over occurs for a BP below 1.8 V threshold with LICELL greater than BP. A small capacitor should be placed from LICELL to ground under all circumstances. Upon initial insertion of the coin cell, it is not immediately connected to the on chip circuitry. The cell gets connected when the IC powers on, or after enabling the coin cell charger when the IC was already on. The coin cell charger circuit will function as a current-limited voltage source, resulting in the CC/CV taper characteristic typically used for rechargeable Lithium-Ion batteries. The coin cell charger is enabled via the COINCHEN bit. The coin cell voltage is programmable through the VCOIN[2:0] bits. The coin cell charger voltage is programmable in the ON state where the charge current is fixed at ICOINHI. If COINCHEN=1 when the system goes into Off or User Off state, the coin cell charger will continue to charge to the predefined voltage setting but at a lower maximum current ICOINLO. This compensates for self discharge of the coin cell and ensures if and/ or when the main cell gets depleted, the coin cell will be topped off for maximum RTC retention. The coin cell charging will be stopped for the BP below UVDET. The bit COINCHEN itself is only cleared when an RTCPORB occurs. MC34708 31 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 19. Coin Cell Voltage Specifications VCOIN[2:0] Output Voltage 000 2.50 001 2.70 010 2.80 011 2.90 100 3.00 101 3.10 110 3.20 111 3.30 Table 20. Coin Cell Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit - 100 - mV Notes COIN CELL CHARGER VLICELLACC Voltage Accuracy ILICELLON Coin Cell Charge Current in On and Watchdog modes ICOINHI - 60 - A ILICELLOFF Coin Cell Charge Current in Off, cold start/warm start, and Low Power Off modes (User Off / Memory Hold) ICOINLO - 10 - A ILICELACC Current Accuracy - 30 - % COLICELL LICELL Bypass Capacitor - 100 - nF LICELL Bypass Capacitor as coin cell replacement - 4.7 - F 7.4 7.4.1 Interrupt Management Control The system is informed about important events, based on interrupts. Unmasked interrupt events are signaled to the processor by driving the INT pin high; this is true whether the communication interface is configured for SPI or I2C. Each interrupt is latched so even if the interrupt source becomes inactive, the interrupt will remain set until cleared. Each interrupt can be cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit in the Interrupt Status register, which will also cause the interrupt line to go low. If a new interrupt occurs while the processor clears an existing interrupt bit, the interrupt line will remain high. Each interrupt can be masked by setting the corresponding mask bit to a 1. As a result, when a masked interrupt bit goes high, the interrupt line will not go high. A masked interrupt can still be read from the Interrupt Status register. This gives the processor the option of polling for status from the IC. The IC powers up with all interrupts masked, so the processor must initially poll the device to determine if any interrupts are active. Alternatively, the processor can unmask the interrupt bits of interest. If a masked interrupt bit was already high, the interrupt line will go high after unmasking. The sense registers contain status and input sense bits, so the system processor can poll the current state of interrupt sources. They are read only, and not latched or clearable. Interrupts generated by external events are debounced. Therefore, the event needs to be stable throughout the debounce period before an interrupt is generated. Nominal debounce periods for each event are documented in the INT summary table later in this section. Due to the asynchronous nature of the debounce timer, the effective debounce time can vary slightly. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 32 Functional Block Description 7.4.2 Interrupt Bit Summary Table 21 summarizes all interrupt, mask, and sense bits associated with INT control. For more detailed behavioral descriptions, refer to the related chapters. Table 21. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits Interrupt Mask Sense Purpose Debounce Time Trigger ADCDONEI ADCDONEM - ADC has finished requested conversions L2H 0 TSDONEI TSDONEM - Touch screen has finished conversion L2H 0 TSPENDET TSPENDETM - Touch screen pen detect Dual 1.0 ms USBOVP USBOVPM USBOVPS VBUS over-voltage Sense is 1 if above threshold. Dual Programmable SUP_OVP_DB LOWBATT LOWBATTM - Low battery detect Sense is 1 if below LOWBAT threshold H2L Programmable VBATTDB USBDET USBDETM USBDETS USB VBUS detect Sense is 1 if detected Dual Programmable VBUSDB Stuck_Key_RCV Stuck_Key_RCV_m - Stuck key has recovered L2H Stuck_Key Stuck_Key_m - Stuck key detected L2H ADC_Change ADC_Change_m ADC_STATUS ADC result changed Sense is 1 if conversion is completed, 0 if L2H in progress Unknown_Atta Unknown_Atta_m - Unknown accessory detected L2H LKR LKR_m - Remote control long key is released L2H LKP LKP_m - Remote control long key is pressed L2H KP KP_m - Remote control key is pressed L2H Detach Detach_m - Accessory detached L2H Attach Attach_m - Accessory attached L2H ID_GNDS Sense is 1 if ID pin is grounded ID_FLOATS Sense is 1 if ID pin is floating ID_DET_ENDS Sense is 1 if ID resistance detection is complete VBUS_DET_ENDS Sense is 1 if VBUS PTSI is complete SCPI SCPM - Regulator short-circuit protection tripped L2H min. 4.0 ms max 8.0 ms 1HZI 1HZM - 1.0 Hz time tick L2H 0 TODAI TODAM - Time of day alarm L2H 0 PWRON1I PWRON1M PWRON1S Power on button 1 event Sense is 1 if PWRON1 is high H2L 30 ms (38) L2H 30 ms PWRON2I PWRON2M PWRON2S Power on button 2 event Sense is 1 if PWRON2 is high H2L 30 ms (38) L2H 30 ms SYSRSTI SYSRSTM - System reset through PWRONx pins L2H 0 WDIRESETI WDIRESETM - WDI silent system restart L2H 0 PCI PCM - Power cut event L2H 0 MC34708 33 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 21. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits Interrupt Mask Sense Purpose Debounce Time Trigger WARMI WARMM Warm Start event L2H 0 MEMHLDI MEMHLDM Memory Hold event L2H 0 CLKI CLKM CLKS 32 kHz clock source change Sense is 1 if source is XTAL Dual 0 RTCRSTI RTCRSTM - RTC reset has occurred L2H 0 THERM110 THERM110M THERM110S Thermal 110C threshold Sense is 1 if above threshold Dual Programmable DIE_TEMP_DB THERM120 THERM120M THERM120S Thermal 120C threshold Sense is 1 if above threshold Dual Programmable DIE_TEMP_DB THERM125 THERM125M THERM125S Thermal 125C threshold Sense is 1 if above threshold Dual Programmable DIE_TEMP_DB THERM130 THERM130M THERM130S Thermal 130C threshold Sense is 1 if above threshold Dual Programmable DIE_TEMP_DB GPIOLVxI GPIOLVxM GPIOLVxS General Purpose input interrupt Programmable Programmable Notes 38. Debounce timing for the falling edge can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0]; refer to Turn On Events for details. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 34 Functional Block Description 7.5 Power Generation The MC34708 PMIC provides reference and supply voltages for the application processor as well as peripheral devices. Six buck (step down) converters and one boost (step up) converter are included. One of the buck regulators can be configured in dual phase, single phase mode, or operate as separate independent outputs (in this case, there are six buck converters). The buck converters provide the supply to processor cores and to other low voltage circuits such as IO and memory. Dynamic voltage scaling is provided to allow controlled supply rail adjustments for the processor cores and/or other circuitry. The boost converter supplies the VUSB regulator for the USB PHY on the processor. The VUSB regulator is powered from the boost to ensure sufficient headroom for the LDO through the normal discharge range of the main battery. Linear regulators could be supplied directly from the battery or from one of the switching regulator, and provide supplies for IO and peripherals, such as audio, camera, Bluetooth, Wireless LAN, etc. Naming conventions are suggestive of typical or possible use case applications, but the switching and linear regulators may be utilized for other system power requirements within the guidelines of specified capabilities. Four general purpose I/Os are available. When configured as inputs they can be used as external interrupts. 7.5.1 Power Tree Refer to the representative tables and text specifying each supply for information on performance metrics and operating ranges. Table 22 summarizes the available power supplies. Table 22. Power Tree Summary Supply Purpose (typical application) Output Voltage (in V) Load Capability (in mA) SW1 Buck regulator for processor VDDGP domain 0.650 - 1.4375 2000 SW2 Buck regulator for processor VCC domain 0.650 - 1.4375 1000 SW3 Buck regulator for processor VDD domain and peripherals 0.650 - 1.425 500 SW4A Buck regulator for DDR memory and peripherals 1.200 – 1.85: 2.5/3.15 500 SW4B Buck regulator for DDR memory and peripherals 1.200 – 1.85: 2.5/3.15 500 SW5 Buck regulator for I/O domain 1.200 – 1.85 1000 SWBST Boost regulator for USB OTG 5.00/5.05/5.10/5.15 380 VSRTC Secure Real Time Clock supply 1.2 0.05 1.2/1.25/1.5/1.8 50 VPLL VREFDDR VDAC VUSB2 VGEN1 VGEN2 VUSB Quiet Analog supply DDR Ref supply 0.6-0.9 10 TV DAC supply, external PNP 2.5/2.6/2.7/2.775 250 VUSB/peripherals supply, internal PMOS 2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0 65 VUSB/peripherals external PNP 2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0 350 General peripherals supply #1 1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4/1.45/1.5/1.55 250 General peripherals supply #2, internal PMOS 2.5/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1/3.15/3.3 50 General peripherals supply #2, external PNP 2.5/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1/3.15/3.3 250 3.3 100 USB Transceiver supply MC34708 35 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.2 Modes of Operation The MC34708 PMIC is fully programmable via the SPI/I2C interface and associated register map. Additional communication is provided by direct logic interfacing, including interrupt, watchdog, and reset. Default startup of the device is selectable by hardwiring the Power Up Mode Select (PUMS) pins. Power cycling of the application is driven by the MC34708 PMIC. It has the interfaces for the power buttons and dedicated signaling interfacing with the processor. It also ensures the supply of the Real Time Clock (RTC), critical internal logic, and other circuits from the coin cell, in case of brief interruptions from the main battery. A charger for the coin cell is included to ensure it is kept topped off until needed. The MC34708 PMIC provides the timekeeping, based on an integrated low power oscillator running with a standard crystal. This oscillator is used for internal clocking, the control logic, and as a reference for the switcher PLL. The timekeeping includes time of day, calendar, and alarm, and is backed up by coin cell. The clock is driven to the processor for reference and deep sleep mode clocking. From any state: Loss of Power with PCEN=0 Thermal Protection Trip, or System Reset PCT[7:0] Expired Off Unqual’d Turn On WDI Low, WDIRESET=0 Unqual’d Turn On Turn On Event Start Up States Warm Start Reset Timer Expired Reset Timer Expired Watchdog Cold Start WDI Low WDIRESET=1 and PCMAXCNT is exceeded WDI Low WDIRESET=1 and PCMAXCNT is not exceeded Watchdog Timer Expired On Turn On Event (Warm Start) Processor Request for User Off: USEROFFSPI=1 Low Power Off States Warm Start Enabled User Off Turn On Event (Warm Boot) Warm Start Not Enabled Memory Hold User Off Wait WARMEN=1 From any state: Loss of Power with Power Cuts enabled (PCEN=1) and PCMAXCNT not exceeded PCUT Timeout PCT[7:0] Expired PCUTEXPB cleared to 0 WARMEN=0 Internal MemHold Power Cut Application of Power before PCUT Timer PCT[7:0] expiration (PCEN=1 and PCMAXCNT not exceeded) Legend and Notes (refer to text for additional details) Blue Box = Steady State, no specific timer is running Green Circle = Transitional State, a specific timer is running, see text Dashed Boxes = Grouping of States for clarification WDI has influence only in the “On” state Complete loss of BP and coin cell power is not represented in the state machine Figure 6. Power Control State Machine Flow Diagram MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 36 Functional Block Description The following are text descriptions of the power states of the system for additional details of the state machine to complement the drawing in Figure 6. Note that the SPI control is only possible in the Watchdog, On and User Off Wait states and the interrupt line INT is kept low in all states except for Watchdog and On. 7.5.2.1 Coin Cell The RTC module is powered from either the battery or the coin cell, due to insufficient voltage at VALWAYS, and the IC is not in a Power Cut. No Turn On event is accepted in the Coin Cell state. Transition out (to the Off state) requires VALWAYS restoration with a threshold above UVDET. RESETB and RESETBMCU are held low in this mode. The RTC module remains active (32 kHz oscillator + RTC timers), along with VALWAYS level detection to qualify exit to the Off state. VCOREDIG is off and the VDDLP regulator is on, the rest of the system is put into its lowest power configuration. If the coin cell is depleted (VSTRC drops to 0.9 - 0.8 V while in the Coin Cell state), a complete system reset will occur. At next power application / Turn On event, the system will startup reinitialized with all SPI bits including those that reset on RTCPORB restored to their default states. 7.5.2.2 Off (with good battery) If the supply VALWAYS is above the UVDET threshold, only the IC core circuitry at VCOREDIG and the RTC module are powered, all other supplies are inactive. To exit the Off state, a valid turn on event is required. No specific timer is running in this state. RESETB, RESETBMCU are held low in this state. If the supply VALWAYS is below the UVDET threshold, no turn on events are accepted. If a valid coin cell is present, the core gets powered from LICELL. The only active circuitry is the RTC module and the VCORE module powering VCOREDIG at 1.5 V. 7.5.2.3 Cold Start Cold Start is entered upon a Turn On event from Off, Warm Boot, successful PCUT, or a Silent System Restart. The first 8.0 ms is used for initialization which includes bias generation, PUMSx configuration latching, and qualification of the input supply level BP. The switching and linear regulators are then powered up sequentially to limit the inrush current; see the Power Up section for sequencing and default level details. The reset signals RESETB and RESETBMCU are kept low. The Reset timer starts running when entering Cold Start. The Cold Start state is exited for the Watchdog state and both RESETB and RESETBMCU become high (open drain output with external pull-ups) when the reset timer expires. The input control pins WDI, and STANDBY are ignored. 7.5.2.4 Watchdog The system is fully powered and under SPI/I2C control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The Watchdog timer starts running when entering the Watchdog state. When expired, the system transitions to the On state, where WDI will be checked and monitored. The input control pins WDI and STANDBY are ignored while in the Watchdog state. 7.5.2.5 On Mode The system is fully powered and under SPI control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The WDI pin must be high to stay in this state. The WDI IO supply voltage is referenced to SPIVCC (normally connected to SW5 = 1.8 V); SPIVCC must therefore remain enabled to allow for proper WDI detection. If WDI goes low, the system will transition to the Off state or Cold Start (depending on the configuration; refer to the section on Silent System Restart with WDI Event for details). 7.5.2.6 User Off Wait The system is fully powered and under SPI control. The WDI pin no longer has control over the part. The Wait mode is entered by a processor request for user off by setting the USEROFFSPI bit high. This is normally initiated by the end user via the power key; upon receiving the corresponding interrupt, the system will determine if the product has been configured for User Off or Memory Hold states (both of which first require passing through User Off Wait) or just transition to Off. The Wait timer starts running when entering User Off Wait state. This leaves the processor time to suspend or terminate its tasks. When expired, the Wait state is exited for User Off state or Memory Hold state depending on warm starts being enabled or not via the WARMEN bit. The USEROFFSPI bit is being reset at this point by RESETB going low. MC34708 37 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.2.7 Memory Hold and User Off (Low Power Off States) As noted in the User Off Wait description, the system is directed into low power Off states based on a SPI command in response to an intentional turn off by the user. The only exit then will be a turn on event. To the user, the Memory Hold and User Off states look like the product has been shut down completely. However, a faster startup is facilitated by maintaining external memory in self-refresh state (Memory Hold and User Off state) as well as powering portions of the processor core for state retention (User Off only). The Switching regulator mode control bits allow selective powering of the buck regulators for optimizing the supply behavior in the low power Off states. Linear regulators and most functional blocks are disabled (the RTC module, SPI bits resetting with RTCPORB, and Turn On event detection are maintained). By way of example, the following descriptions assume the typical use case where SW1 supplies the processor core(s), SW2 is applied to the processor’s VCC domain, SW3 supplies the processor’s internal memory/peripherals, and SW4 supplies the external memory, and SW5 supplies the I/O rail. The buck regulators are intended for direct connection to the aforementioned loads. 7.5.2.8 Memory Hold RESETB and RESETBMCU are low, and both CLK32K and CLK32KMCU are disabled (CLK32KMCU active if DRM is set). To ensure that SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW5 shut off in Memory Hold, appropriate mode settings should be used such as SW1MHMODE, = SW2MHMODE, = SW3MHMODE, = SW5MHMODE set to = 0 (refer to the mode control description later in this section). Since SW4 should be powered in PFM mode, SW4MHMODE could be set to 1. Upon a Turn On event, the Cold Start state is entered, the default power up values are loaded, and the MEMHLDI interrupt bit is set. A Cold Start out of the Memory Hold state will result in shorter boot times compared to starting out of the Off state, since software does not have to be loaded and expanded from flash. The startup out of Memory Hold is also referred to as Warm Boot. No specific timer is running in this state. Buck regulators configured to stay on in MEMHOLD mode by their SWxMHMODE settings will not be turned off when coming out of MEMHOLD and entering a Warm Boot. The switching regulators will be reconfigured for their default settings as selected by the PUMSx pins in the normal time slot affecting them. 7.5.2.9 User Off RESETB is low and RESETBMCU is kept high. The 32 kHz peripheral clock driver CLK32K is disabled; CLK32KMCU (connected to the processor’s CKIL input) is maintained in this mode if the CLK32KMCUEN and USEROFFCLK bits are both set, or if DRM is set. The memory domain is held up by setting SW4UOMODE = 1. Similarly, the SW1 and/or SW2 and/or SW3 supply domains can be configured for SWxUOMODE=1 to keep them powered through the User Off event. If one of the switching regulators can be shut down in User Off, its mode bits would typically be set to 0. Since power is maintained for the core (which is put into its lowest power state), and since MCU RESETBMCU does not trip, the processor’s state may be quickly recovered when exiting USEROFF upon a turn on event. The CLK32KMCU clock can be used for very low frequency / low power idling of the core(s), minimizing battery drain, while allowing a rapid recovery from where the system left off before the USEROFF command. Upon a Turn On event, Warm Start state is entered, and the default power up values are loaded. A Warm Start out of User Off will result in an almost instantaneous startup of the system, since the internal states of the processor were preserved along with external memory. No specific timer is running in this mode. 7.5.2.10 Warm Start Entered upon a Turn On event from User Off. The first 8.0 ms is used for initialization, which includes bias generation, PUMSx latching, and qualification of the input supply level BP. The switching and linear regulators are then powered up sequentially to limit the inrush current; see Startup Requirements for sequencing and default level details. If SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, and/or SW5, were configured to stay on in User Off mode by their SWxUOMODE settings, they will not be turned off when coming out of User Off and entering a Warm Start. The buck regulators will be reconfigured for their default settings as selected by the PUMSx pins in the respective time slot defined in the sequencer selection. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 38 Functional Block Description RESETB is kept low and RESETBMCU is kept high. CLK32KMCU is kept active if CLK32KMCU was set. The reset timer starts running when entering Warm Start. When expired, the Warm Start state is exited for the Watchdog state, a WARMI interrupt is generated, and RESETB will go high. 7.5.2.11 Internal MemHold Power Cut As described in the Power Cut Description, a momentary power interruption will put the system into the Internal MemHold Power Cut state if PCUTs are enabled. The backup coin cell will now supply the MC34708 core, along with the 32 kHz crystal oscillator, the RTC system, and coin cell backed up registers. All regulators will be shut down to preserve the coin cell and RTC as long as possible. Both RESETB and RESETBMCU are tripped, bringing the entire system down, along with the supplies and external clock drivers, so the only recovery out of a Power Cut state is to reestablish power and initiate a Cold Start. If the PCT timer expires before power is re-established, the system transitions to the Off state and awaits a sufficient supply recovery. 7.5.3 7.5.3.1 Power Control Logic Power Cut Description When the supply at VALWAYS drops below the UVDET threshold, due to battery bounce or battery removal, the Internal MemHold Power Cut state is entered and a Power Cut (PCUT) timer starts running. The backup coin cell will now supply the RTC as well as the on chip memory registers and some other power control related bits. All other supplies will be disabled. The maximum duration of a power cut is determined by the PCUT timer PCT [7:0] preset via the SPI. When a PCUT occurs, the PCUT timer will be started. The contents of PCT [7:0] does not reflect the actual count down value, but will keep the programmed value, and therefore does not have to be reprogrammed after each power cut. If power is not re-established above the LOWBATT threshold before the PCUT timer expires, the state machine transitions to the Off mode at expiration of the counter, and clears the PCUTEXB bit by setting it to 0. This transition is referred to as an “unsuccessful” PCUT. In addition the PMIC will bring the SDWNB pin low for one 32 kHz clock cycle before powering down. Upon re-application of power before expiration (a “successful PCUT”, defined as VALWAYS first rising above the UVDET threshold and then battery above the LOWBATT threshold before the PCUT timer expires), a Cold Start is engaged after the UVTIMER has expired. In order to distinguish a non-PCUT initiated Cold Start from a Cold Start after a PCUT, the PCI interrupt should be checked by software. The PCI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off state. Because the PCUT system quickly disables the entire power tree, the battery voltage may recover to a level with the appearance of a valid supply once the battery is unloaded. However, upon a restart of the IC and power sequencer, the surge of current through the battery and trace impedances can once again cause the BP node to droop below UVDET. This chain of cyclic power down / power up sequences is referred to as “ambulance mode”, and the power control system includes strategies to minimize the chance of a product falling into and getting stuck in ambulance mode. First, the successful recovery out of a PCUT requires the VABTT node to rise above LOBATT threshold, providing hysteretic margin from the LOBATTT (H to L) threshold. Second, the number of times the PCUT mode is entered is counted with the counter PCCOUNT [3:0], and the allowed count is limited to PCMAXCNT [3:0] set through SPI. When the contents of both become equal, then the next PCUT will not be supported and the system will go to Off mode, after the PCUT time expires. After a successful power up after a PCUT (i.e., valid power is reestablished, the system comes out of reset, and the processor reassumes control), software should clear the PCCOUNT [3:0] counter. Counting of PCUT events is enabled via the PCCOUNTEN bit. This mode is only supported if the power cut mode feature is enabled by setting the PCEN bit. When not enabled, then in case of a power failure, the state machine will transition to the Off state. SPI control is not possible during a PCUT event and the interrupt line is kept low. SPI configuration for PCUT support should also include setting the PCUTEXPB = 1 (See Silent Restart from PCUT Event). MC34708 39 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.3.2 Silent Restart from PCUT Event If a short duration power cut event occurs (such as from a battery bounce, for example), it may be desirable to perform a silent restart, so the system is reinitialized without alerting the user. This can be facilitated by setting the PCUTEXPB bit to “1” at booting or after a Cold Start. This bit resets on RTCPORB, therefore any subsequent Cold Start can first check the status of PCUTEXPB and the PCI bit. The PCUTEXPB is cleared to “0” when transitioning from PCUT to Off. If there was a PCUT interrupt and PCUTEXPB is still “1”, then the state machine has not transitioned through Off, which confirms the PCT timer has not expired during the PCUT event (i.e., a successful power cut). In this case, a silent restart may be appropriate. If PCUTEXPB is found to be “0” after the Cold Start where PCI is found to be “1”, then it is inferred the PCT timer has expired before power was re-established. This indicates an unsuccessful power cut or first power up, so the startup user greeting may be desirable for playback. 7.5.3.3 Silent System Restart with WDI Event A mechanism is provided for recovery if the system software somehow gets into an abnormal state which requires a system reset, but it is desired to make the reset a silent event so as to happen without user awareness. The default response to WDI going low is for the state machine to transition to the Off state (when WDIRESET = 0). However, if WDIRESET = 1, the state machine will go to Cold Start without passing through Off mode (i.e., does not generate an OFFB signal). A WDIRESET event will generate a maskable WDIRESETI interrupt and also increment the PCCOUNT counter. This function is unrelated to PCUTs, but it shares the PCUT counter so the number of silent system restarts can be limited by the programmable PCMAXCNT counter. When PCUT support is used, the software should set the PCUTEXPB bit to “1”. Since this bit resets with RTCPORB, it will not be reset to “0” if a WDI falls and the state machine goes straight to the Cold Start state. Therefore, upon a restart, software can discern a silent system restart if there is a WDIRESETI interrupt and PCUTEXPB = 1. The application may then determine an inconspicuous restart without fanfare may be more appropriate than launching into the welcoming routine. A PCUT event does not trip the WDIRESETI bit. Note that the system response to WDI is gated by the Watchdog timer—once the timer has expired, the system will respond as programmed by WDIRESET as described above. Applications should make sure there is time for switching regulator outputs to discharge before re-asserting WDI. 7.5.3.4 Turn On Events When in Off mode, the circuit can be powered on via a Turn On event. The Turn On events are listed by the following. To indicate to the processor what event caused the system to power on, an interrupt bit is associated with each of the Turn On events. Masking the interrupts related to the turn on events will not prevent the part to turn on except for the time of day alarm. If the part was already on at the time of the turn on event, the interrupt is still generated. • Power Button Press: PWRON1 or PWRON2 pulled low with corresponding interrupts and sense bits PWRON1I, or PWRON2I and PWRON1S, or PWRON2S. A power on/off button is connected from PWRONx to ground. The PWRONx can be hardware debounced through a programmable debouncer PWRONxDBNC [1:0] to avoid a response upon a very short (i.e., unintentional) key press. BP should be above UVDET to allow a power up. The PWRONxI interrupt is generated for both the falling and the rising edge of the PWRONx pin. By default, a 30 ms interrupt debounce is applied to both falling and rising edges. The falling edge debounce timing can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0] as defined in the following table. The PWRONxI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off mode. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 40 Functional Block Description Table 23. PWRONx Hardware Debounce Bit Settings(39) Bits State Turn On Debounce (ms) Falling Edge INT Debounce (ms) Rising Edge INT Debounce (ms) PWRONxDBNC[1:0] 00 0.0 31.25 31.25 01 31.25 31.25 31.25 10 125 125 31.25 11 750 750 31.25 Notes 39. The sense bit PWRONxS is not debounced and follows the state of the PWRONx pin. • Battery Attach: This occurs when BP crosses the LOWBATT threshold which is equivalent to attaching a charged battery to the product. • USB Attach: VBUS pulled high with corresponding interrupt and sense bits USBDET and USBDETS. This is equivalent to plugging in a USB cable connected to a host powering the VBUS line. The battery voltage should be above LOWBATT. For details on the USB detection, see Mini/Micro USB Switch. • RTC Alarm: TOD and DAY become equal to the alarm setting programmed. This allows powering up a product at a preset time. BP should be above LOWBATT. For details and related interrupts, see Real Time Clock. • System Restart: System restart which may occur after a system reset as described earlier in this section. This is an optional function, see Turn Off Events. BP should be above LOWBATT. • Global System Reset: The global reset feature powers down the part, resets the SPI registers to their default value including all the RTCPORB registers (except the DRM bit, and the RTC registers), and then powers back on. To enable a global reset, the GLBRST pin needs to be pulled low for greater than GLBRSTTMR [1:0] seconds and then pulled back high (defaults to 12 s). BP should be above LOWBATT. Table 24. Global Reset Time Settings 7.5.3.5 Bits State Time (s) GLBRSTTMR[1:0] 00 INVALID 01 4 10 8 11 (default) 12 Turn Off Events • Power Button Press (via WDI): User shutdown of a product is typically done by pressing the power button connected to the PWRONx pin. This will generate an interrupt (PWRONxI), but will not directly power off the part. The product is powered off by the processor’s response to this interrupt, which will be to pull WDI low. Pressing the power button is therefore, under normal circumstances, not considered as a turn off event for the state machine. However, since the button press power down is the most common turn off method for end products, it is described in this section as the product implementation for a WDI initiated Turn Off event. Note that the software can configure a user initiated power down, via a power button press for transition to a Low Power Off mode (Memory Hold or User Off) for a quicker restart than the default transition into the Off state. • Power Button System Reset: A secondary application of the PWRONx pins is the option to generate a system reset. This is recognized as a Turn Off event. By default, the system reset function is disabled but can be enabled by setting the PWRONxRSTEN bits. When enabled, a four second long press on the power button will cause the device to go to the Off mode, and as a result, the entire application will power down. An interrupt SYSRSTI is generated upon the next power up. Alternatively, the system can be configured to restart automatically by setting the RESTARTEN bit. • Thermal Protection: If the die gets overheated, the thermal protection will power off the part to avoid damage. A Turn On event will not be accepted while the thermal protection is still being tripped. The part will remain in Off mode until cooling sufficiently to accept a Turn On event. There are no specific interrupts related to this, other than the warning interrupts. • BP lower than VBAT_TRKL: When the voltage at BP drops below VBAT_TRKL[1:0] - 100mV, the state machine will transition to the Off mode. The SDWNB pin is used to notify the processor that the PMIC is going to immediately shutdown. The PMIC will bring the SDWNB pin low for one 32 kHz clock cycle before powering down. This signal will then be brought back high into the power off state. MC34708 41 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 25. Turn OFF Voltage Threshold 7.5.3.6 VBAT_TRKL[1:0] Turn off Voltage threshold 00 2.8 01 2.9 10 3.0 (default) 11 3.1 Timers The different timers as used by the state machine are listed in Table 26. This listing does not include RTC timers for timekeeping. A synchronization error of up to one clock period may occur with respect to the occurrence of an asynchronous event, the duration listed below is therefore the effective minimum time period. Table 26. Timer Main Characteristics 7.5.3.6.1 Timer Duration Clock Under-voltage Timer 4.0 ms 32 k/32 Reset Timer 40 ms 32 k/32 Watchdog Timer 128 ms 32 k/32 Power Cut Timer Programmable 0 to 8 seconds in 31.25 ms steps 32 k/1024 Timing Diagrams A Turn On event timing diagrams shown in Figure 7. ow Turn On Event WDI Pulled Low Sequencer time slots System Core Active Turn On Verification Power Up Sequencer UV Masking RESETB INT WDI 8 ms 1 - Off 8 ms 20 ms 12 ms 128 ms 3 - Watchdog 2 - Cold Start Power up of the system upon a Turn On Event followed by a transition to the On state if WDI is pulled high 4 - On 3- Watchdog 1 - Off ... or transition to Off state if WDI remains low Turn on Event is based on PWRON being pulled low = Indeterminate State Figure 7. Power Up Timing Diagram MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 42 Functional Block Description 7.5.3.7 Power Monitoring The voltage at BATT and BP are monitored by detectors as summarized in Table 27. Table 27. LOWBATT Detection Thresholds Threshold in V Bit setting(40) UVDET (V) LOWBATT1 LOWBATT0 0 0 3.1 (Rising) L to H transition (Power on)(41),(42) H to L transition (Low battery detect)(41),(42) LOWBATT LOWBATT 3.1 3.0 3.2 3.1 3.3 3.2 3.4 3.3 2.65 (Falling) 0 1 3.1 (Rising) 2.65 (Falling) 1 0 3.1 (Rising) 2.65 (Falling) 1 1 3.1 (Rising) 2.65 (Falling) Notes 40. Default setting for LOWBATT[1:0] is 11. 41. The above specified thresholds are ±50 mV accurate for the indicated transition 42. A hysteresis is applied to the detectors on the order of 100 mV The UVDET and LOWBATT thresholds are related to the power on/off events as described earlier in this chapter. The LOWBATT threshold when transitioned from low to a high is used to power on the MC34708. The LOWBATT threshold when transitioned from high to low, is used as a low battery detect warning. An interrupt LOWBAT is generated when dropping below the high to low threshold to indicate to the processor the battery is weak and a shutdown is imminent. The LOWBATT detection threshold is debounced by the VBATTDB[2:0] SPI bits shown in Table 28. Table 28. VBATTDB Debounce Times 7.5.3.8 7.5.3.8.1 VATTDB[1:0] Debounce Time 00 0 (default) 01 2 RTC clock cycles 10 4 RTC clock cycles 11 8 RTC clock cycles Power Saving System Standby A product may be designed to go into DSM (Deep Sleep Mode) after periods of inactivity, the STANDBY pin is provided for board level control of timing in and out of such deep sleep modes. When a product is in DSM, it may be able to reduce the overall platform current by lowering the regulator output voltage, changing the operating mode of the switching regulators or disabling some regulators. This can be obtained by controlling the STANDBY pin. The configuration of the regulators in standby is pre-programmed through the SPI. A lower power standby mode can be obtained by setting the ON_STBY_LP SPI bit to a one. With the ON_STBY_LP SPI bit set and the STANDBY pin asserted a lower power standby will be entered. In the on Standby Low Power mode, the switching Regulators should all be programmed into PFM mode and the LDO's should be configured to Low Power mode when the STANDBY pin is asserted. The PLL is disabled in this mode so the mini USB will not be able to detect if an audio device, UART, or a USB OTG device is attached. It will require the software to wake up occasionally to allow the mini-USB to detect if a device MC34708 43 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description is attached by de-asserting the STANDBY pin and waking up for a period to see if a device is attached and then re-asserting Standby if a device has not been detected. If a device has been detected then the software can bring up the appropriate application etc. Note the STANDBY pin is programmable for Active High or Active Low polarity, and decoding of a Standby event will take into account the programmed input polarity associated with each pin. For simplicity, Standby will generally be referred to as active high throughout this document, but as defined in Table 29, active low operation can be accommodated. Finally, since STANDBY pin activity is driven asynchronously to the system, a finite time is required for the internal logic to qualify and respond to the pin level changes. Table 29. Standby Pin and Polarity Control STANDBY (Pin) STANDBYINV (SPI bit) STANDBY Control(43) 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 Notes 43. STANDBY = 0: System is not in Standby STANDBY = 1: System is in Standby The state of the STANDBY pin only has influence in On mode, and are therefore it is ignored during start up and in the Watchdog phase. This allows the system to power up without concern of the required Standby polarities since software can make adjustments accordingly as soon as it is running. A command to transition to one of the low power Off states (User Off or Memory Hold, initiated with USE-ROFFSPI=1) redefines the power tree configuration based on SWxMODE programming, and has priority over Standby (which also influences the power tree configuration). 7.5.3.8.2 Standby Delay A provision to delay the Standby response is included. This allows the processor and peripherals, some time after a Standby instruction has been received, to terminate processes to facilitate seamless Standby exiting and re-entrance into Normal operating mode. A programmable delay is provided to hold off the system response to a Standby event. When enabled (STBYDLY = 01, 10, or 11), STBYDLY will delay the STANDBY initiated response for the entire IC until the STBYDLY counter expires. Note that this delay is applied only when going into Standby, and no delay is applied when coming out of Standby. Also, an allowance should be accounted for synchronization of the asynchronous Standby event and the internal clocking edges (up to a full 32 kHz cycle of additional delay). Table 30. Delay of STANDBY- Initiated Response STBYDLY[1:0] Function 00 No Delay 01 One 32 k period (default) 10 Two 32 k periods 11 Three 32 k periods MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 44 Functional Block Description 7.5.4 Buck Switching Regulators Six buck switching regulators are provided with integrated power switches and synchronous rectification. In a typical application, SW1 and SW2 are used for supplying the application processor core power domains. Split power domains allow independent DVS control for processor power optimization, or to support technologies with a mix of device types with different voltage ratings. SW3 is used for powering internal processor memory as well as low voltage peripheral devices and interfaces which can run at the same voltage level. SW4A/B is used for powering external DDR memory as well as low voltage peripheral devices and interfaces, which can run at the same voltage level. SW5 is used to supply the I/O domain for the system. The buck regulators are supplied from the system supply BP, which is drawn from the main battery or the external battery charger (when present). The switching regulators can operate in different modes depending on the load conditions. These modes can be set through the SPI/I2C and include a PFM mode, an Automatic Pulse Skipping mode (APS), and a PWM mode. The previous selection is optimized to maximum battery life based on load conditions. Table 31. Buck Operating Modes Mode Description OFF The regulator is switched off and the output voltage is discharged PFM The regulator is switched on and set to PFM mode operation. In this mode, the regulator is always running in PFM mode. Useful at light loads for optimized efficiency. APS The regulator is switched on and set to Automatic Pulse Skipping. In this mode the regulator moves automatically between pulse skipping and full PWM mode depending on load conditions. PWM The regulator is switched on and set to PWM mode. In this mode the regulator is always in full PWM mode operation regardless of load conditions. Buck modes of operation are programmable for explicitly defined or load-dependent control. During soft-start of the buck regulators, the controller transitions through the PFM, APS, and PWM switching modes. 3.0 ms (typical) after the output voltage reaches regulation, the controller transitions to the selected switching mode. Depending on the particular switching mode selected, additional ripple may be observed on the output voltage rail as the controller transitions between switching modes. The regulators are turned on in APS mode by default. After the start-up sequence is complete, all switching regulators should be set to PFM/PWM mode, depending on system load for best performance. Point of load feedback is intended for minimizing errors due to board level IR drops. 7.5.4.1 General Control Operational modes of the Buck regulators can be controlled by direct SPI programming, altered by the state of the STANDBY pin, by direct state machine influence (entering Off or low power Off states, for example), or by load current magnitude when so configured (APS mode). Available modes include PWM, PFM, APS and OFF. For light loading, the regulators should be put into PFM mode to optimize efficiency. Provisions are made for maintaining PFM operation in User off and Memhold modes, to support state retention for faster startup from the Low Power Off modes for Warm Start or Warm Boot. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values defined by PUMSx settings by the startup sequencer. Table 32 summarizes the Buck regulators programmability for Normal and Standby modes. Table 32. Switching regulator Mode Control for Normal and Standby Operation SWxMODE[3:0] Normal Mode Standby Mode 0000 Off Off 0001 PWM Off 0010 Reserved Reserved 0011 PFM Off MC34708 45 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 32. Switching regulator Mode Control for Normal and Standby Operation SWxMODE[3:0] Normal Mode Standby Mode 0100 APS Off 0101 PWM PWM 0110 PWM APS 0111 Off Off 1000 APS APS 1001 Reserved Reserved 1010 Reserved Reserved 1011 Reserved Reserved 1100 APS PFM 1101 PWM PFM 1110 Reserved Reserved 1111 PFM PFM In addition to controlling the operating mode in Standby, the voltage setting can be changed. The transition in voltage is handled in a controlled slope manner, see Dynamic Voltage Scaling for details. Each regulator has an associated set of SPI bits for Standby mode set points. By default, the Standby settings are identical to the non-standby settings which are initially defined by PUMSx programming. The actual operating mode of the Switching regulators as a function of the STANDBY pin is not reflected through the SPI. In other words, the SPI will read back what is programmed in SWxMODE[3:0], not the actual state that may be altered as described previously. Two tables follow for mode control in the low power Off states. Note that a low power Off activated SWx should use the Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0]. The activated regulator(s) will maintain settings for mode and voltage until the next startup event. When the respective time slot of the startup sequencer is reached for a given regulator, its mode and voltage settings will be updated the same as if starting out of the Off state (except switching regulators active through a low power Off mode will not be off when the startup sequencer is started). Table 33. Switching regulator Control In Memory Hold SWxMHMODE Memory Hold Operational Mode (44) 0 Off 1 PFM Notes: 44. For Memory Hold mode, an activated SWx should use the Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0]. Table 34. Switching regulator Control In User Off SWxUOMODE User Off Operational Mode (45) 0 Off 1 PFM Notes: 45. For User Off mode, an activated SWx should use the Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0]. In normal steady state operating mode, the SWxPWGD pin is high. When the SWx set point is changed to a higher or lower set point, the SWxPWGD pin will go low and will go high again when the higher/lower set point is reached. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 46 Functional Block Description 7.5.4.2 Switching Frequency A PLL generates the switching system clocking from the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator reference. The switching frequency can be programmed to 2.0 MHz or 4.0 MHz by setting the PLLX SPI bit as shown in Table 35. Table 35. Buck Regulator Frequency PLLX Switching Frequency (Hz) 0 2 000 000 1 4 000 000 The clocking system provides a near instantaneous activation when the Switching regulators are enabled or when exiting PFM operation for PWM mode. The PLL can be configured for continuous operation with PLLEN = 1. 7.5.4.3 SW1 SW1 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator. It can be operated in single phase/dual phase mode. The operating mode of the switching regulators is configured by the SW1CFG pin. The SW1CFG pin is sampled at startup. Table 36. SW1 Configuration SW1CFG SW1A/B Configuration Mode VCOREDIG Single Phase Mode Ground Dual Phase Mode BP SW1IN SW1 SW1ALX LSW 1A SW1AMODE ISENSE C INSW 1A Controller Driver DSW1 COSW1A SW1FAULT GNDSW1A Internal Compensation SW1FB SPI Z2 Z1 VREF EA DAC SPI Interface BP SW1BIN SW1BMODE ISENSE CINSW 1B SW1BLX GNDSW1B Controller Driver SW1BFAULT VCOREDIG SW1CFG Figure 8. SW1 Single Phase Output Mode Block Diagram MC34708 47 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description BP SW1IN SW1AMODE ISENSE CINSW1A SW1 Controller SW1ALX Driver L SW1A DSW1A COSW1A SW1FAULT GNDSW1A Internal Compensation SW1FB SPI Z2 Z1 EA SPI Interface V REF DAC BP SW1BIN SW1BMODE ISENSE CINSW1B Controller SW1BLX LSW 1B Driver DSW1B COSW 1B SW1BFAULT GNDSW1B SW1CFG Figure 9. SW1 Dual Phase Output Mode Block Diagram The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW1FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI interrupt via the INT pin. SW1A/B output voltage is SPI configurable in step sizes of 12.5 mV as shown in the table below. The SPI bits SW1A[5:0] set the output voltage for both SW1A and SW1B. Table 37. SW1A/B Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW1A[5:0] SW1A/B Set Point SW1A[5:0] Output (V) SW1A/B Output (V) 0 000000 0.6500 32 100000 1.0500 1 000001 0.6625 33 100001 1.0625 2 000010 0.6750 34 100010 1.0750 3 000011 0.6875 35 100011 1.0875 4 000100 0.7000 36 100100 1.1000 5 000101 0.7125 37 100101 1.1125 6 000110 0.7250 38 100110 1.1250 7 000111 0.7375 39 100111 1.1375 8 001000 0.7500 40 101000 1.1500 9 001001 0.7625 41 101001 1.1625 10 001010 0.7750 42 101010 1.1750 11 001011 0.7875 43 101011 1.1875 12 001100 0.8000 44 101100 1.2000 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 48 Functional Block Description Table 37. SW1A/B Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW1A[5:0] SW1A/B Set Point SW1A[5:0] Output (V) SW1A/B Output (V) 13 001101 0.8125 45 101101 1.2125 14 001110 0.8250 46 101110 1.2250 15 001111 0.8375 47 101111 1.2375 16 010000 0.8500 48 110000 1.2500 17 010001 0.8625 49 110001 1.2625 18 010010 0.8750 50 110010 1.2750 19 010011 0.8875 51 110011 1.2875 20 010100 0.9000 52 110100 1.3000 21 010101 0.9125 53 110101 1.3125 22 010110 0.9250 54 110110 1.3250 23 010111 0.9375 55 110111 1.3375 24 011000 0.9500 56 111000 1.3500 25 011001 0.9625 57 111001 1.3625 26 011010 0.9750 58 111010 1.3750 27 011011 0.9875 59 111011 1.3875 28 011100 1.0000 60 111100 1.4000 29 011101 1.0125 61 111101 1.4125 30 011110 1.0250 62 111110 1.4250 31 011111 1.0375 63 111111 1.4375 Table 38. SW1A/B Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX 3.0 - 4.5 • PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX 2.8 - 4.5 Unit Notes SW1A/B BUCK REGULATOR VSW1IN VSW1ACC ISW1 ISW1PEAK Operating Input Voltage Output Voltage Accuracy ISW1 VSW1OS- mV • PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-25 Nom Nom+25 • PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-25 Nom Nom+25 • PWM mode single/dual phase (parallel) - - 2000 • SW1 in PFM mode - 50 - - 4.0 - - - 1.0 Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V A Transient Load Change • 100 mA/µs Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0 (46) mA Current Limiter Peak Current Detection • VIN = 3.6 V, Current through Inductor TRANSIENT V A - 25 mV START MC34708 49 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 38. SW1A/B Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol tON-SW1 Characteristic Min Typ Max - - 500 • PLLX = 0 - 2.0 - • PLLX = 1 - 4.0 - • APS MODE, IL=0 mA - 240 - • PFM MODE, IL=0 mA - 15 - Turn-on Time ISW1Q SW1 Notes µs • Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0 fSW1 Unit Switching Frequency MHz Quiescent Current Consumption µA Efficiency, % • PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA - 54 - • PWM, 1.1 V, 200 mA - 75 - • PWM, 1.1 V, 800 mA - 81 - • PWM, 1.1 V, 1600 mA - 76 - (47) Notes: 46. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2. 47. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current 7.5.4.4 SW2 SW2 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage-mode control DC/DC regulator. BP SW2IN CINSW 2 SW2 SW2LX LSW2 C OSW2 SW2MODE ISENSE Controller Driver D SW 2 SW2FAULT GNDSW2 Internal Compensation SW2FB SPI Interface SPI Z2 Z1 EA DAC V REF Figure 10. SW2 Block Diagram The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected, the regulator will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation, alert the system through the SW2FAULT SPI bit, and issue an SCPI interrupt via the INT pin SW2 can be programmed in step sizes of 12.5 mV as shown in Table 39. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 50 Functional Block Description Table 39. SW2 Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW2[5:0] SW2x Output (V) Set Point SW2[5:0] SW2 Output (V) 0 000000 0.6500 32 100000 1.0500 1 000001 0.6625 33 100001 1.0625 2 000010 0.6750 34 100010 1.0750 3 000011 0.6875 35 100011 1.0875 4 000100 0.7000 36 100100 1.1000 5 000101 0.7125 37 100101 1.1125 6 000110 0.7250 38 100110 1.1250 7 000111 0.7375 39 100111 1.1375 8 001000 0.7500 40 101000 1.1500 9 001001 0.7625 41 101001 1.1625 10 001010 0.7750 42 101010 1.1750 11 001011 0.7875 43 101011 1.1875 12 001100 0.8000 44 101100 1.2000 13 001101 0.8125 45 101101 1.2125 14 001110 0.8250 46 101110 1.2250 15 001111 0.8375 47 101111 1.2375 16 010000 0.8500 48 110000 1.2500 17 010001 0.8625 49 110001 1.2625 18 010010 0.8750 50 110010 1.2750 19 010011 0.8875 51 110011 1.2875 20 010100 0.9000 52 110100 1.3000 21 010101 0.9125 53 110101 1.3125 22 010110 0.9250 54 110110 1.3250 23 010111 0.9375 55 110111 1.3375 24 011000 0.9500 56 111000 1.3500 25 011001 0.9625 57 111001 1.3625 26 011010 0.9750 58 111010 1.3750 27 011011 0.9875 59 111011 1.3875 28 011100 1.0000 60 111100 1.4000 29 011101 1.0125 61 111101 1.4125 30 011110 1.0250 62 111110 1.4250 31 011111 1.0375 63 111111 1.4375 MC34708 51 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 40. SW2 Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX 3.0 - 4.5 • PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX 2.8 - 4.5 Unit Notes SW2 BUCK REGULATOR VSW2IN VSW2ACC ISW2 ISW2PEAK Operating Input Voltage Output Voltage Accuracy ISW2 VSW2OS- mV • PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-25 Nom Nom+25 • PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-25 Nom Nom+25 • PWM mode - - 1000 • PFM mode - 50 - - 2.0 - Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.65 V A Transient Load Change • 100 mA/µs A - - 0.500 - - 25 - - 500 • PLLX = 0 - 2.0 - • PLLX = 1 - 4.0 - • APS MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 160 - • PFM MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 15 - Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0 (48) mA Current Limiter Peak Current Detection • VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor TRANSIENT V mV START tON-SW2 Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0 fSW2 ISW2Q SW2 µs Switching Frequency - Quiescent Current Consumption MHz µA Efficiency % • PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA - 54 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 120 mA - 75 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 500 mA - 83 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 1000 mA - 78 - (49) Notes: 48. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2. 49. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 52 Functional Block Description 7.5.4.5 SW3 SW3 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator. BP SW3IN SW3MODE ISENSE CINSW 3 SW3 Controller SW3LX Driver L SW3 COSW3 DSW3 SW3FAULT GNDSW3 Internal Compensation SW3FB SPI Interface SPI Z2 Z1 EA DAC V REF Figure 11. SW3 Block Diagram The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW3FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI interrupt via the INT pin. SW3 can be programmed in step sizes of 25 mV as shown in Table 41. Table 41. SW3 Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW3[4:0] SW3 Output (V) Set Point SW3[4:0] SW3 Output (V) 0 00000 0.6500 16 10000 1.0500 1 00001 0.6750 17 10001 1.0750 2 00010 0.7000 18 10010 1.1000 3 00011 0.7250 19 10011 1.1250 4 00100 0.7500 20 10100 1.1500 5 00101 0.7750 21 10101 1.1750 6 00110 0.8000 22 10110 1.2000 7 00111 0.8250 23 10111 1.2250 8 01000 0.8500 24 11000 1.2500 9 01001 0.8750 25 11001 1.2750 10 01010 0.9000 26 11010 1.3000 11 01011 0.9250 27 11011 1.3250 12 01100 0.9500 28 11100 1.3500 13 01101 0.9750 29 11101 1.3750 14 01110 1.0000 30 11110 1.4000 15 01111 1.0250 31 11111 1.4250 MC34708 53 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 42. SW3 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX 3.0 - 4.5 • PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX 2.8 - 4.5 Unit Notes SW3 BUCK REGULATOR VSW3IN VSW3ACC ISW3 ISW3PEAK Operating Input Voltage Output Voltage Accuracy TRANSIENT VSW3OS- mV • PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% • PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.65 V - - 500 • PFM mode - 50 - - 1.0 - - - 250 mA - - 25 mV - - 500 Current Limiter Peak Current Detection Transient Load Change (50) mA • PWM mode • VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor ISW3 V A • 100 mA/µs Start-up Overshoot, IL = 100 mA/µs START tON-SW3 Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0 fSW3 ISW3Q SW3 µs Switching Frequency MHz • PLLX = 0 - 2.0 - • PLLX = 1 - 4.0 - • APSMODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 160 - • PFM MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 15 - Quiescent Current Consumption µA Efficiency, % • PFM, 1.2 V, 1.0 mA - 71 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 120 mA - 79 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 250 mA - 82 - • PWM, 1.2V, 500 mA - 81 - (51) Notes: 50. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2 51. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, Excludes the quiescent current, MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 54 Functional Block Description 7.5.4.6 SW4 SW4A/B is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage-mode control DC/DC regulator. It can be operated in (single phase/ dual phase mode) or as separate independent outputs. The operating mode of the Switching regulator is configured by the SW4CFG pin. The SW4CFG pin is sampled at startup. Table 43. SW4A/B Configuration SW4CFG SW4A/B Configuration Mode Ground Separate Independent Output VCOREDIG Single Phase VCORE Dual Phase BP SWAIN SW4AMODE ISENSE CINSW 4A SW4A SW4ALX L SW4A Controller Driver DSW 4A COSW4A SW4AFAULT GNDSW4A Internal Compensation SW4AFB SPI Z2 Z1 EA VREF DAC SPI Interface BP SW4BIN SW4B SW4BLX L SW4B COSW 4B SW4BMODE ISENSE CINSW 4B Controller Driver DSW4B SW4BFAULT GNDSW4B Internal Compensation SW4BFB SPI Z2 Z1 EA DAC VREF SW4CFG Figure 12. SW4A/B Separate Output Mode Block Diagram MC34708 55 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description BP SWAIN SW4AMODE ISENSE CINSW4A SW4 SW4ALX LSW4A Controller Driver DSW4 COSW4a SW4AFAULT GNDSW4A Internal Compensation SW4AFB SPI Z2 Z1 VREF EA DAC SPI Interface BP SW4BIN SW4BMODE ISENSE CINSW4B SW4BLX Controller Driver SW4BFAULT GNDSW4B Internal Compensation SW4BFB SPI Z2 Z1 EA VCOREDIG VREF DAC SW4CFG Figure 13. SW4 Single Phase Output Mode Block Diagram MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 56 Functional Block Description BP SWAIN SW4AMODE ISENSE CINSW4A SW4 SW4ALX LSW4A Controller Driver DSW4A COSW4A SW4AFAULT GNDSW4A Internal Compensation SW4AFB SPI Z2 Z1 VREF EA DAC SPI Interface BP SW4BIN SW4BMODE ISENSE CINSW4B SW4BLX LSW4B Controller Driver DSW4B COSW4B SW4BFAULT GNDSW4B Internal Compensation SW4BFB SPI Z2 Z1 EA VCORE VREF DAC SW4CFG Figure 14. SW4 Dual Phase Output Mode Block Diagram The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW4xFAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI interrupt via the INT pin. SW4A/B has a high output range (2.5 V, 3.15 V) and a low output range (1.2 V – 1.85 V). The SW4A/B output range is set by the PUMS configuration at start-up and cannot be changed dynamically by software. This means if the PUMS are set to allow SW4A to come up in the high output voltage range, the output can only be changed between 2.5 V or 3.15 V. It cannot be programmed in the low output range. If software sets the SW4AHI[1:0] = 00 when the PUMS is set to come up in the high voltage range, the output voltage will only go as low as the lowest setting in the high range, which is 2.5 V. If the PUMS are set to start-up in the low output voltage range, the voltage is controlled through the SW4x[4:0] bits by software, it cannot be programmed into the high voltage range. When changing the voltage in either the high or low voltage range, the regulator should be forced into PWM mode to change the voltage. Table 44. SW4A/B Output Voltage Select SW4xHI[1:0] Set point selected by Output Voltage 00 SW4x[4:0] See Table 45 01 SW4xHI[1:0] 2.5 V 10 SW4xHI[1:0] 3.15 V 11 Invalid Invalid MC34708 57 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 45. SW4A/B Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW4x[4:0] SW4x Output (V) 0 00000 1.2000 16 10000 1.6000 1 00001 1.2250 17 10001 1.6250 2 00010 1.2500 18 10010 1.6500 3 00011 1.2750 19 10011 1.6750 4 00100 1.3000 20 10100 1.7000 5 00101 1.3250 21 10101 1.7250 6 00110 1.3500 22 10110 1.7500 7 00111 1.3750 23 10111 1.7750 8 01000 1.4000 24 11000 1.8000 9 01001 1.4250 25 11001 1.8250 10 01010 1.4500 26 11010 1.8500 11 01011 1.4750 - - - 12 01100 1.5000 - - - 13 01101 1.5250 - - - 14 01110 1.5500 - - - 15 01111 1.5750 - - - Set Point SW4x[4:0] SW4x Output (V) Table 46. SW4A/B Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Notes V (53) mV (52) SW4A/B Buck Regulator VSW4IN VSW4ACC ISW4 ISW4PEAK iSW4 TRANSIENT VSW4OS- Operating Input Voltage • PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX 3.0 - 4.5 • PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX 2.8 - 4.5 Output Voltage Accuracy • PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% • PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% • PWM mode (separate) - - 500 • PWM mode single/dual phase - - 1000 • PFM mode - 50 - • VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor (separate) - 1.0 - • Current through Inductor - 2.0 - • Single/Dual Phase - - 500 • Separate - - 250 - - 25 Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V mA Current Limiter Peak Current Detection A Transient Load Change, 100 mA/µs Start-up Overshoot, IL = 100 mA/µs mA mV START MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 58 Functional Block Description Table 46. SW4A/B Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol tON-SW4 Characteristic Min Typ Max - - 500 • PLLX = 0 - 2.0 - • PLLX = 1 - 4.0 - • APS MODE, IL = 0 mA; High output voltage range (VSW4x = 3.15 V or 2.5 V) device not switching - 500 - • APS MODE, IL = 0 mA; Low output voltage range (VSW4x = 1.3 V). device not switching - 260 - • PFM MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 15 - Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0 fSW4 ISW4Q SW4 Unit Notes µs Switching Frequency MHz µA Quiescent Current Consumption Efficiency % • PFM, 3.15 V, 10 mA (A) - 79 - • PWM, 3.15 V, 50 mA (A) - 93 - • PWM, 3.15 V, 250 mA (A) - 92 - • PWM, 3.15 V, 500 mA (A) - 82 - • PFM, 1.2 V, 10 mA (B) - 72 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 50 mA (B) - 71 - • PWM, 1.2 V, 250 mA (B) - 81 - • PWM 1.2 V, 500 mA (B) - 78 - (54) Notes: 52. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX / 2. 53. 54. When SW4A/B is set to 3.0 V and above the regulator may drop out of regulation when BP nears the output voltage. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current. MC34708 59 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.4.7 SW5 SW5 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator. BP SW5IN SW5MODE ISENSE CINSW5 SW5 Controller SW5LX Driver LSW5 COSW5 DSW5 SW5FAULT GNDSW5 Internal Compensation SW5FB SPI Interface SPI Z2 Z1 VREF EA DAC Figure 15. SW5 Block Diagram The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW5FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI interrupt via the INT pin. SW5 can be programmed in step sizes of 25 mV as shown in Table 47. If the software wants to change the output voltage, after power up the regulator should be forced into PWM mode to change the voltage. Table 47. SW5 Output Voltage Programmability Set Point SW5[4:0] SW5 Set Point Output (V) SW5[4:0] SW5 Output (V) 0 00000 1.2000 16 10000 1.6000 1 00001 1.2250 17 10001 1.6250 2 00010 1.2500 18 10010 1.6500 3 00011 1.2750 19 10011 1.6750 4 00100 1.3000 20 10100 1.7000 5 00101 1.3250 21 10101 1.7250 6 00110 1.3500 22 10110 1.7500 7 00111 1.3750 23 10111 1.7750 8 01000 1.4000 24 11000 1.8000 9 01001 1.4250 25 11001 1.8250 10 01010 1.4500 26 11010 1.8500 11 01011 1.4750 - - - 12 01100 1.5000 - - - 13 01101 1.5250 - - - 14 01110 1.5500 - - - 15 01111 1.5750 - - - MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 60 Functional Block Description Table 48. SW5 Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX 3.0 - 4.5 • PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX 2.8 - 4.5 Unit Notes SW5 BUCK REGULATOR VSW5IN VSW5ACC ISW5 ISW5PEAK Operating Input Voltage Output Voltage Accuracy TRANSIENT VSW5 mV • PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% • PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients Nom-3% Nom Nom+3% Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V - - 1000 • PFM mode - 50 - - 1.0 - - - 500 - - 25 - - 500 Current Limiter Peak Current Detection A Transient Load Change • 100 mA/µs Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0 (55) mA • PWM mode • VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor ISW5 V mA mV OS-START tON-SW5 Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0 fSW5 ISW5Q SW5 µs Switching Frequency MHz • PLLX = 0 - 2.0 - • PLLX = 1 - 4.0 - • APS MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 160 - • PFM MODE, IL = 0 mA; device not switching - 15 - Quiescent Current Consumption µA Efficiency % • PFM, 1.8 V, 1.0 mA - 80 - • PWM, 1.8 V, 50 mA - 79 - • PWM, 1.8 V, 500 mA - 86 - • PWM, 1.8 V, 1000 mA - 82 - (56) Notes 55. Transient Loading for load Steps of ILMAX/2 56. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, Excludes the quiescent current. MC34708 61 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.4.8 Dynamic Voltage Scaling To reduce overall power consumption, processor core voltages can be varied depending on the mode or activity level of the processor. SW1A/B and SW2 allow for two different set points with controlled transitions to avoid sudden output voltage changes, which could cause logic disruptions on their loads. Preset operating points for SW1A/B and SW2 can be set up for: • Normal operation: output value selected by SPI bits SWx[5:0]. Voltage transitions initiated by SPI writes to SWx[5:0] are governed by the DVS stepping rate shown in the following tables. • Standby (Deep Sleep): can be higher or lower than normal operation, but is typically selected to be the lowest state retention voltage of a given process. Set by SPI bits SWxSTBY[5:0] and controlled by a Standby event. Voltage transitions initiated by Standby are governed by the SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] SPI bits shown in Table 49. The following table summarizes the set point control and DVS time stepping applied to SW1A/B and SW2. Table 49. DVS Control Logic Table for SW1A/B and SW2 STANDBY Set Point Selected by 0 SWx[4:0] 1 SWxSTBY[4:0] Table 50. DVS Speed Selection SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] Function 00 12.5 mV step each 2.0 s 01 (default) 12.5 mV step each 4.0 s 10 12.5 mV step each 8.0 s 11 12.5 mV step each 16.0 s The regulators have a strong sourcing and sinking capability in the PWM mode. Therefore, the rising/falling slope is determined by the regulator in PWM mode, however, if the regulators are programmed in PFM or APS mode during a DVS transition, the falling slope can be influenced by the load. Additionally, as the current capability in PFM mode is reduced, controlled DVS transitions in PFM mode could be affected. Critically timed DVS transitions are best assured with PWM mode operation. Voltage transitions programmed through SPI(SWx[4:0]) on SW3 and SW5 will step in increments of 25 mV per 4.0 s, SW4A/B will step in increments of 25 mV per 8.0 s when SW4xHI[1:0]=00, and SW4A/B will step in increments of 25 mV per 16 s when SW4xHI[1:0]=00. Additionally, SW3, SW4/B, and SW5 include standby mode set point programmability. The following diagram shows the general behavior for the switching regulators when initiated with SPI programming or standby control. SW1 and SW2 also contain power good outputs to the application processor. The power good signal is an active high signal. When SWxPWGD is high, it means the regulator’s output has reached its programmed voltage. The SWxPWGD voltage outputs will be low during the DVS period and if the current limit is reached on the switching regulator. During the DVS period, the overcurrent condition on the switching regulator should be masked. If the current limit is reached outside of a DVS period, the SWxPWGD pin will stay low until the current limit condition is removed. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 62 Functional Block Description Request ed Set Point Output Voltage wit h light Load Internally Cont rolled Steps Example Actual Output Voltage Output Voltage Init ial Set Point Actual Output Voltage Internally Controlled St eps Request for Higher Voltage Voltage Change Request Possible Output Voltage Window Request for Lower Voltage I nit iated by SPI Programming, Standby Control SWxP WGD Figure 16. Voltage Stepping with DVS 7.5.5 Boost Switching Regulator SWBST is a boost switching regulator with a programmable output, which defaults to 5.0 V on power up, operating at 2.0 MHz. SWBST supplies the VUSB regulator for the USB PHY in OTG mode, as well as the VBUS voltage. Note that the parasitic leakage path for a boost regulator will cause the output voltage and SWBSTFB to sit at a Schottky drop below the battery voltage whenever SWBST is disabled. The switching NMOS transistor is integrated on-chip. An external fly back Schottky diode, inductor, and capacitor are required. VIN CINBST VOBST LBST SWBSTIN DBST SWBSTMODE SWBSTLX Driver GNDSWBST OC RSENSE VREFSC Controller SWBSTFAULT SPI/I2C Interface SC VREFUV UV SWBSTFB COSWBST Internal Compensation Z2 Z1 EA VREF Figure 17. Boost Regulator Architecture SWBST output voltage programmable via the SWBST[1:0] SPI bits as shown in Table 51. MC34708 63 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 51. SWBST Voltage Programming Parameter Voltage SWBST Output Voltage SWBST[1:0] 00 5.000 (default) 01 5.050 10 5.100 11 5.150 SWBST can be controlled by SPI programming in PFM, APS, and Auto mode. Auto mode transitions between PFM and APS mode based on the load current. By default SWBST is powered up in Auto mode. Table 52. SWBST Mode Control Parameter Voltage SWBST Mode SWBSTMODE[1:0] 00 Off SWBSTSTBYMODE[1:0] 01 PFM 10 Auto (default) 11 APS Table 53. SWBST Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Notes V (57) SWITCH MODE SUPPLY SWBST VSWBST Average Output Voltage • 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < IL < ILMAX VSWBSTACC Output Ripple • 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V 0 < IL < ILMAX, excluding reverse recovery of Schottky diode SWBSTACC Average Load Regulation • VIN = 3.6 V, 0 < IL < ILMAX VSWBST LINEAREG ISWBST Nom-4% VNOM Nom+3% - - 120 mV - 0.5 - - 50 - Vp-p mV/mA Average Line Regulation • 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V IL = ILMAX mV Continuous Load Current • 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VOUT = 5.0 V mA - 380 - ISWBSTPEAK Peak Current Limit • At SWBSTIN, VIN = 3.6 V - 1800 - VSWBSTOS- - - 500 - - 2.0 - 2.0 - - - 300 Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0 mA mA mV START tON-SWBST Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of VOUT IL = 0 fSWBST Switching Frequency VSWBST Transient Load Response, IL from 1.0 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs TRANSIENT • Maximum transient Amplitude ms MHz mV MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 64 Functional Block Description Table 53. SWBST Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol VSWBST TRANSIENT VSWBST TRANSIENT VSWBST TRANSIENT SWBST ISWBSTBIAS Characteristic Min Typ Max - - 300 - - 500 Transient Load Response, IL from 100 to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs • Maximum transient Amplitude µs Transient Load Response, IL from 100 to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs • Time to settle 80% of transient Efficiency, IL = ILMAX ms - - 20 65 80 - - 35 - - 1.0 6.0 Bias Current Consumption • PFM or Auto mode ILEAK-SWBST NMOS Off Leakage • SWBSTIN = 4.5 V, SWBSTMODE [1:0] = 0 Notes mV Transient Load Response, IL from 1.0 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs • Time to settle 80% of transient Unit % µA µA Notes: 57. VIN is the low side of the inductor connected to BP. 7.5.6 Linear Regulators (LDOs) This section describes the linear regulators provided. For convenience, these regulators are named to indicate their typical or possible applications, but the supplies are not limited to these uses and may be applied to any loads within the specified regulator capabilities. A low power standby mode controlled by STANDBY is provided for the regulators with an external pass device in which the bias current is aggressively reduced. This mode is useful for deep sleep operation, where certain supplies cannot be disabled, but active regulation can be tolerated with lesser parametric requirements. The output drive capability and performance are limited in this mode. 7.5.6.1 General Guidelines The following applies to all linear regulators, unless otherwise specified. • Parametric specifications assume the use of low ESR X5R/X7R ceramic capacitors with 20% accuracy and 15% temperature spread, for a worst case stack up of 35% from the nominal value. Use of other types with wider temperature variation may require a larger room temperature nominal capacitance value, to meet performance specs over temperature. Capacitor derating as a function of DC bias voltage requires special attention. Minimum bypass capacitor guidelines are provided for stability and transient performance. However, larger values may be applied, but performance metrics may be altered and generally improved and should be confirmed in system applications. • Regulators with an external PNP transistor require an equivalent resistance (including the ESR) in series with the output capacitor, as noted in the specific regulator sections. • Output voltage tolerance specified for each of the linear regulators include process variation, temperature range, static line regulation, and static load regulation. • In the Low-power mode, the output performance is degraded. Only those parameters listed in the Low-power mode section are guaranteed. In this mode, the output current is limited to much lower levels than in the active mode. • When a regulator gets disabled, the output will be pulled to ground by an internal pull-down. The pull-down is also activated when RESETB goes low. MC34708 65 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.6.2 LDO Regulator Control The regulators with embedded pass devices (VPLL, VGEN1, and VUSB) have an adaptive biasing scheme thus, there are no distinct operating modes such as a Normal mode and a Low Power mode. Therefore, no specific control is required to put these regulators in a Low Power mode. The external pass regulator (VDAC) can also operate in a normal and low power mode. However, since a load current detection cannot be performed for this regulator, the transition between both modes is not automatic and is controlled by setting the corresponding mode bits for the operational behavior desired. The regulators VUSB2, and VGEN2 can be configured for using the internal pass device or external pass device as explained in Supplies. For both configurations, the transition between both modes is controlled by setting the VxMODE bit for the specific regulator. Therefore, depending on the configuration selected, the automatic Low Power mode determines availability. The regulators can be disabled and the general purpose outputs can be forced low when going into Standby (note that the Standby response timing can be altered with the STBYDLY function, as described in the previous section). Each regulator has an associated SPI bit for this. When the bit is not set, STANDBY is of no influence. The actual operating mode of the regulators as a function of STANDBY is not reflected through SPI. In other words, the SPI will read back what is programmed, not the actual state. Table 54. LDO Regulator Control (external pass device LDOs) VxEN VxMODE VxSTBY STANDBY(58) Regulator Vx 0 X X X Off 1 0 0 X On 1 1 0 X Low Power 1 X 1 0 On 1 0 1 1 Off 1 1 1 1 Low Power Notes 58. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier For regulators with internal pass devices, the previous table can be simplified by elimination of the VxMODE column. Table 55. LDO Regulator Control (internal pass device LDOs) VxEN VxSTBY STANDBY (59) Regulator Vx 0 X X Off 1 0 X On 1 1 0 On 1 1 1 Off Notes 59. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier 7.5.6.3 Transient Response Waveforms The transient load and line response are specified with the waveforms as depicted in Figure 18. Note that where the transient load response refers to the overshoot only, so excluding the DC shift itself, the transient line response refers to the sum of both overshoot and DC shift. This is also valid for the mode transition response. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 66 Functional Block Description VNOM + 0.8V VIN IMAX ILOAD VNOM + 0.3V 0 mA 10us 10us 1us VIN Stimulus for Transient Line Response IL = 0 mA 1us ILOAD Stimulus for Transient Load Response IL = IMAX Overshoot VOUT Overshoot VOUT for Transient Load Response Active Mode Active Mode Low Power Mode Overshoot VOUT Mode Transition Time Overshoot IL < ILMAX IL < ILMAXLP IL < ILMAX VOUT for Mode Transition Response (VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC) Figure 18. Transient Waveforms 7.5.6.4 Short-circuit Protection The higher current LDOs, and those most accessible in product applications, include a short-circuit detection and protection (VDAC, VUSB, VUSB2, VGEN1, and VGEN2). The short-circuit protection (SCP) system includes debounced fault condition detection, regulator shutdown, and processor interrupt generation, to contain failures and minimize the chance of product damage. If an over-current (short-circuit) condition is detected, typically 20% above ILMAX, the LDO will be disabled by resetting its VxEN bit, while at the same time, an interrupt SCPI will be generated to flag the fault to the system processor. The SCPI interrupt is maskable through the SCPM mask bit. The SCP feature is enabled by setting the REGSCPEN bit. If this bit is not set, then not only is no interrupt generated, but also the regulators will not automatically be disabled upon a short-circuit detection. Note that by default, the REGSCPEN bit is not set, so at startup, none of the regulators in an overload condition are disabled. 7.5.6.5 VPLL VPLL is provided for isolated biasing of the application processors PLLs for clock generation, in support of protocol and peripheral needs. Depending on the application and power requirements, this supply may be considered for sharing with other loads, but MC34708 67 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description noise injection must be avoided and filtering added, if necessary to ensure suitable PLL performance. The VPLL regulator has a dedicated input supply pin. VINPLL can be connected to either BP or a 1.8 V switched mode power supply rail such as from SW5 for the two lower set points of each regulator VPLL[1:0] = [00], [01]. In addition, when the two upper set points (VPLL[1:0] = [10],[11]) are used, the VINPLL inputs can be connected to either BP or a 2.2 V nominal external switched mode power supply rail, to improve power dissipation. Table 56. VPLL Voltage Control Parameter Value VPLL[1:0] Function ILoad max Input Supply 00 output = 1.2 V 50 mA BP or 1.8 V 01 output = 1.25 V 50 mA BP or 1.8 V 10 output = 1.50 V 50 mA BP or External switch 11 output = 1.8 V 50 mA BP or External switch Table 57. VPLL Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V,- 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max UVDET - 4.5 • VPLL [1:0] = 00, 01 (SW5 = 1.8 V) 1.75 1.8 4.5 • VPLL, [1:0] = 10, 11, External Switch 2.15 2.2 4.5 - - 50 VNOM – 0.05 VNOM VNOM + 0.05 - 0.35 - - 5.0 - Unit Notes GENERAL VINPLL Operating Input Voltage Range • VPLL all settings, BP biased IPLL Operating current Load range V mA VPLL ACTIVE MODE – DC VPLL Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, • ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VPLL-LOPP Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VPLL-LIPP mV/mA Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX IPLL-Q V mV Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 µA - 8.0 - • VIN = UVDET - 70 - • VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET - 75 - VPLL ACTIVE MODE – AC VPLLPSRR tON-VPLL PSRR, IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 tOFF-VPLL START µs - - 120 0.05 - 10 - 1.0 2.0 Turn-off Time • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 VPLLOS- dB ms Start-up Overshoot • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 % MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 68 Functional Block Description Table 57. VPLL Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V,- 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol VPLL-LO TRANSIENT VPLL-LI TRANSIENT 7.5.6.6 Characteristic Min Typ Max - 50 70 Transient Load Response Unit Notes mV • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX Transient Line Response mV • IL = 75% of ILMAX - 5.0 8.0 VREFDDR VREFDDR is an internal PMOS half supply Voltage Follower. The output voltage is at one half the input voltage. It’s typical application is as the VREF for DDR memories. A filtered resistor divider is utilized to create a low frequency pole. This divider then utilizes a voltage follower to drive the load. Table 58. VREFDDR Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit 1.2 - 1.8 V 0.0 - 10 mA - VIN/2 - Notes GENERAL VREFFDDRIN Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX IREFDDR Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX VREFDDR ACTIVE MODE – DC VREFDDR Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VREFDDRTOL Output Voltage tolerance • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 1.0 mA VREFDDR LOPP IREFDDRQ V % -6.5 - 6.5 - 5.0 - - 8.0 - - - 100 0.05 - 10 - 1.0 2.0 Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX mV/mA Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 (60) µA VREFDDR ACTIVE MODE – AC tON-VREFDDR Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 tOFFVREFDDR Turn-off Time • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 VREFDDROS Start-up Overshoot • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 VREFDDRL TRANSIENT µs ms % Transient Load Response • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX mV - 5.0 - Notes 60. guaranteed at 25 °C only MC34708 69 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.5.6.7 VUSB2 VUSB2 has an internal PMOS pass FET which will support loads up to 65 mA. To support load currents an external PNP is provided. The external PNP configuration is offered to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at higher loads and large differentials between BP and output settings. For lower current requirements, an integrated PMOS pass FET is included. The input pin for the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current drive pin for the PNP option. The external PNP configuration must be committed as a hardwired board level implementation. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor™ NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation, at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons, a total resistance of 50 m 20% in series with the output capacitance is required. The total resistance includes the ESR of the capacitor plus an external resistance provided by a discrete resistor or PCB circuit trace. A short-circuit condition will shut down the VUSB2 regulator and generate an interrupt for SCPI, if REGSCPEN is set. The nominal output voltage of this regulator is SPI configurable, and can be 2.5 V, 2.6 V, 2.75 V, or 3.0 V. The output current when working with the internal pass FET is 65 mA, and could be up to 350 mA when working with an external PNP. Table 59. VUSB2 Voltage Control Parameter Value VUSB2[1:0] ILoad max Output Voltage VUSB2CONFIG = 0 VUSB2CONFIG = 1 Internal Pass FET External PNP 00 2.5 V 65 mA 350 mA 01 2.6 V 65 mA 350 mA 10 2.75 V 65 mA 350 mA 11 3.00 V 65 mA 350 mA Table 60. VUSB2 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit VNOM + 0.25 - 4.5 V • Internal pass FET 0.0 - 65 • External PNP Not exceeding PNP max power 0.0 - 350 Notes GENERAL VUSB2IN IUSB2 VUSB2IN Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX mA Extended Input Voltage Range • Performance may be out of specification V UVDET - 4.5 VNOM - 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE - DC VUSB2 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VUSB2LOPP Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VUSB2LIPP mV/mA - 0.25 - - 8.0 - • IL = 0, Internal PMOS configuration - 25 - • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0, External PNP configuration - 30 - Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX IUSB2Q V mV Active Mode Quiescent Current, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX µA MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 70 Functional Block Description Table 60. VUSB2 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max VNOM - 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% 0.0 - 3.0 - 8.0 10.5 VUSB2PSRR PSRR, IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz • VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV - 30 - • VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V - 30 - - - 1.0 Unit Notes VUSB2 LOW POWER MODE - DC VUSB2 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP IUSB2 IUSB2Q Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP V Low Power Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 mA µA VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE - AC tON-VUSB2 Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 tOFF-VUSB2 dB ms Turn-off Time • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 ms 0.05 - 10 - 1.0 2.0 • VUSB2=01, 10, 11 - 1.0 2.0 % • VUSB2=00 - 50 70 mV - 5.0 8.0 tMOD-VUSB2 Mode Transition Time • From low power to active and from active to low power VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP - - 100 VUSBMODE Mode Transition Response • From low power to active and from active to low power RES VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP - 1.0 2.0 VUSB2OSSTART VUSB2LO TRANSIENT VUSB2LI TRANSIENT 7.5.6.8 Start-up Overshoot • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 % Transient Load Response, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAXx Transient Line Response • IL = 75% of ILMAX mV µs % VDAC The primary applications of this power supply is the TV-DAC. However, these supplies could also be used for other peripherals if one of these functions is not required. Low Power modes and programmable standby options can be used to optimize power efficiency during deep sleep modes. An external PNP is utilized for VDAC to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differentials between BP and output settings. External PNP devices must always be connected to the BP line in the application. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons, a total resistance of 100 m 20% in series with the output capacitance is required. The total resistance includes the ESR of the capacitor plus an external resistance provided by a discrete resistor or PCB circuit trace. A short-circuit condition will shut down the VDAC regulator and generate an interrupt for SCPI, if the REGSCPEN bit is set. The nominal output voltage of this regulator is SPI configurable, and can be 2.5 V, 2.6 V, 2.7 V, or 2.775 V. The maximum output current along with an external PNP, is 250 mA. MC34708 71 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 61. VDAC Voltage Control Parameter Value Output Voltage ILoad max VDAC 00 2.500 V 250 mA 01 2.600 V 250 mA 10 2.700 V 250 mA 11 2.775 V 250 mA Table 62. VDAC Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit VNOM + 0.25 - 4.5 V 0.0 - 250 Notes GENERAL VDACIN IDAC Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX • Not exceeding PNP max power VDACIN mA Extended Input Voltage Range • Performance may be out of specification V UVDET - 4.5 VNOM – 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% - 0.20 - - 5.0 - - 30 - VNOM – 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% 0.0 - 3.0 - 8.0 - VDACPSRR PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz • VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV - 50 - • VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V - 50 - - - 1.0 0.05 - 10 VDAC ACTIVE MODE – DC VDAC Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VDACLOPP Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VDACLIPP mV/mA Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX IDACQ V mV Active Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 µA VDAC LOW POWER MODE – DC - VDACMODE=1 VDAC Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP IDAC IDACQ Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP V Low Power Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 mA µA VDAC ACTIVE MODE – AC tON-VDAC Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 tOFF-VDAC dB ms Turn-off Time • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 ms MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 72 Functional Block Description Table 62. VDAC Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max - 1.0 2.0 - 1.0 2.0 Unit Notes VDAC ACTIVE MODE – AC (CONTINUED) VDACOSSTART VDACLO TRANSIENT VDACLI TRANSIENT Start-up Overshoot % • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 Transient Load Response % • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX Transient Line Response mV • IL = 75% of ILMAX tMODE-VDAC Mode Transition Time • From low power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP VDACMODE Mode Transition Response • From low power to active and from active to low power RES VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP 7.5.6.9 - 5.0 8.0 - - 100 µs % - 1.0 2.0 VGEN1, VGEN2 General purpose LDOs, VGEN1, and VGEN2, are provided for expansion of the power tree to support peripheral devices, which could include EMMC cards, WLAN, BT, GPS, or other functional modules. These regulators include programmable set points for system flexibility. VGEN1 has an internal PMOS pass FET, and is powered from the SW5 buck for an efficiency advantage and reduced power dissipation in the pass devices. VGEN2 is powered directly from the battery. VGEN2 has an internal PMOS pass FET, which will support loads up to 50 mA. For higher current capability, drive for an external PNP is provided. The external PNP is offered to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differentials between BP and the output settings. The input pin for the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current drive pin for the PNP option. The external PNP device is always connected to the BP line in the application. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability, a total resistance of 60 m 20% in series with the output capacitance is required. The total resistance includes the ESR of the capacitor plus an external resistance provided by a discrete resistor or PCB circuit trace. Table 63. VGEN1 Control Register Bit Assignments Parameter Value Output Voltage ILoad max VGEN1[2:0] 000 1.2000 250 mA 001 1.2500 250 mA 010 1.3000 250 mA 011 1.3500 250 mA 100 1.4000 250 mA 101 1.4500 250 mA 110 1.5000 250 mA 111 1.5500 250 mA The nominal output voltage of VGEN1 is SPI configurable, and can be 1.2 V, 1.25 V, 1.3 V, 1.35 V, 1.4 V, 1.45 V, 1.5 V, or 1.55 V. MC34708 73 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description The nominal output voltage of VGEN2 is SPI configurable, and can be 2.5 V, 2.7 V, 2.8 V, 2.9 V, 3.0 V, 3.1 V, 3.15 V, or 3.3 V. The output current when working with the internal pass FET is 50 mA, and could be up to 250 mA when working with an external PNP. Table 64. VGEN2 Control Register Bit Assignments Parameter Value Output Voltage VGEN2[2:0] 000 ILoad max VGEN2CONFIG=0 Internal Pass FET VGEN2CONFIG=1 External PNP 2.50 50 mA 250 mA 001 2.70 50 mA 250 mA 010 2.80 50 mA 250 mA 011 2.90 50 mA 250 mA 100 3.00 50 mA 250 mA 101 3.10 50 mA 250 mA 110 3.15 50 mA 250 mA 111 3.30 50 mA 250 mA Table 65. VGEN1 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • All settings 1.75 1.8 1.85 • Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX 0.0 - 250 VNOM – 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% - 0.25 - - 5.0 - - 12 - VNOM - 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% 0.0 - 3.0 - 12 - Unit Notes GENERAL VGEN1IN IGEN1 Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX V mA VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE – DC VGEN1 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VGEN1LOPP Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VGEN1LIPP mV/mA Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX IGEN1Q V mV Active Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 µA VGEN1 LOW POWER MODE - DC VGEN1 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP IGEN1 IGEN1Q Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP V Low Power Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 mA µA MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 74 Functional Block Description Table 65. VGEN1 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max - 50 - - 45 - - - 1.0 0.01 - 10 - 1.0 2.0 - 1.0 2.0 Unit Notes VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE - AC VGEN1PSRR PSRR • IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz VGEN1[2:0] = 000-101 • IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz VGEN1[2:0] = 110-111 tON-VGEN1 Turn-on Time ms • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 tOFF-VGEN1 Turn-off Time ms • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 VGEN1OSSTART VGEN1LO TRANSIENT VGEN1LI TRANSIENT Start-up Overshoot % • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 Transient Load Response % • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX Transient Line Response mV • IL = 75% of ILMAX tMODE-VGEN1 Mode Transition Time • From low power to active and from active to low power VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP VGEN 1MODERES dB - 5.0 8.0 - - 100 - 1.0 2.0 µs Mode Transition Response % • From low power to active and from active to low power VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP Table 66. VGEN2 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Notes VGEN2 VGEN2IN Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX • All settings, BP biased IGEN2 - 4.5 0.0 - 50 mA Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX • External PNP, Not exceeding PNP max power VGEN2IN VNOM +0.25 Operating Current Load Range ILMI to ILMAX • Internal Pass FET IGEN2 V mA 0.0 - 250 UVDET - 4.5 Extended Input Voltage Range • BP Biased, Performance may out of specification for output levels VGEN2 [2:0] = 010 to 111 V MC34708 75 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 66. VGEN2 Electrical Specification Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max VNOM - 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% - 0.20 - Unit Notes VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - DC VGEN2 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX VGEN2LOPP Load Regulation • 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VGEN2LIPP mV/mA Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX IGEN2Q V mV - 8.0 - - 30 - VNOM - 3% VNOM VNOM + 3% 0.0 - 3.0 Active Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 µA VGEN2 LOW POWER MODE - DC - VGEN2MODE=1 VGEN2 Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP IGEN2 IGEN2Q Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP V Low Power Mode Quiescent Current • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0 mA µA - 8.0 - VGEN2PSRR PSRR - IL = 75% of ILmax, 20 Hz to 20 kHz • VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV - 40 - • VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V - 50 - VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - AC tON-VGEN22 Turn-on Time • Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 tOFF-VGEN2 START VGEN2LO TRANSIENT VGEN2LI TRANSIENT - - 1.0 0.05 - 10 - 1.0 2.0 - 1.0 2.0 - 5.0 8.0 ms Start-up Overshoot • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 % Transient Load Response • VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX % Transient Line Response • IL = 75% of ILMAX tMODE-VGEN2 Mode Transition Time • From low power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP VGEN 2MODERES ms Turn-off Time • Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0 VGEN2OS- dB mV µs - - 100 - 1.0 2.0 Mode Transition Response • From low power to active and from active to low power VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP % MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 76 Functional Block Description 7.6 Battery Management BATTERY CHARGER NO LONGER SUPPORTED ON MC34708. 7.7 Analog to Digital Converter The ADC core is a 10-bit converter. The ADC core and logic run at an internally generated frequency of approximately 1.33 MHz. The ADC is supplied from VCORE. The ADC core has an integrated auto calibration circuit which reduces the offset and gain errors. 7.7.1 Input Selector The ADC has 16 input channels. Table 67 gives an overview of the characteristics of each of these channels. Table 67. ADC Inputs Channel 0 Signal read Battery Voltage (BATTISNSN) Input Level Scaling Scaled Version /2 0 – 2.4 V x15 -1.2 to +1.2 V 0 to 4.8 V /2 0 – 2.4 V -40 – 150 °C x1 1.2 – 2.4 V 0 – 4.8 V (61) 1 Battery Current (BATTISNSN-BATTISNSP) 2 Application Supply (BPSNS) 3 Die temperature 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 5 USB Voltage (VBUS) 0 – 6.0 V x0.4 0 – 2.4 V 6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 7 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 8 Coincell Voltage 0 – 3.6 V x2/3 0 – 2.4 V 0 – 2.4 V x1 0 – 2.4 V 0 – 2.4 V x1 0 – 2.4 V 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ADIN9 (62) ADIN10 (62) ADIN11 (62) -80 mV – +80 mV 0 – 2.4 V x1 0 – 2.4 V ADIN12/TSX1 (63) 0 – 2.4 V x1/x2 0 – 2.4 V ADIN13/TSX2 (63) 0 – 2.4 V x1/x2 0 – 2.4 V ADIN14/TSY1 (63) 0 – 2.4 V x1/x2 0 – 2.4 V ADIN15/TSY2 (63) 0 – 2.4 V x1/x2 0 – 2.4 V Notes 61. Equivalent to -4.0 A to +4.0 A of current with a 20 mOhm sense resistor. 62. Input must not exceed the BP voltage. 63. Input must not exceed BP or VCORE. Some of the internal signals are first scaled to adapt the signal range to the input range of the ADC. The battery current is indirectly read out by the voltage drop over the resistor in the charge path and battery path respectively. For details on scaling, see Dedicated Readings. MC34708 77 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 68. ADC Input Specification Parameter Condition Min Typ Max Units Source Impedance No bypass capacitor at input - - 5.0 kOhm Bypass capacitor at input 10 nF - - 30 kOhm When exceeding the maximum input of the ADC at the scaled or unscaled inputs, the reading result will return a full scale. It has to be noted however, that this full scale does not necessarily yield a 1022 DEC reading due to the offsets and calibration applied. The same applies for when going below the minimum input where the corresponding 0000 DEC reading may not be returned. 7.7.2 Control The ADC parameters are programmed by the processor via the SPI. When a reading sequence is finished, an interrupt ADCDONEI is generated. The interrupt can be masked with the ADCDONEM bit. The ADC is automatically calibrated every time the PMIC is powered on. The ADC is enabled by setting ADEN bit high. The ADC can start a series of conversions through SPI programming by setting the ADSTART bit. If the ADEN bit is low, the ADC will be disabled and in low power mode. The ADC is automatically calibrated every time PMIC is powered. The conversions will begin after a small analog synchronization of up to 30 microseconds, plus a programmable delay from 0 (default) up to 600 S, by programming the bits ADDLY1[3:0]. The ADDLY2[3:0] controls the delay between each of the conversions from 0 to 600 S. ADDLY3[3:0] controls the delay after the final conversion, and is only valid when ADCONT is high. ADDLY1, 2, and 3 are set to 0 by default. Table 69. ADDLYx[3:0] ADDLYx[3:0] Delay in s 0000 0 0001 40 0010 80 0011 120 0100 160 0101 200 0110 240 0111 280 1000 320 1001 360 1010 400 1011 440 1100 480 1101 520 1110 560 1111 600 A maximum of 8 conversions will take place when the ADC is started. The register ADSELx[3:0] selects the channel which the ADC will read and store in the ADRESULTx register. The ADC will always start at the channel indicated in ADSEL0, and read up to and including the channel set by the ADSTOP[2:0] bits. For example, when ADSTOP[2:0] = 010, it will request the ADC to read channels indicated in ADSEL0, ADSEL1, and ADSEL2. When ADSTOP[2:0] = 111, all eight channels programmed by the value in ADSEL0-7 will be read. When the ADCONT bit is set high, it allows the ADC to continuously loop and read the channels MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 78 Functional Block Description from address 0 to the stop address programmed in ADSTOP. By default, the ADCONT is set low (disabled). In the continuous mode, the ADHOLD bit will allow the software to hold the ADC sequencer from updating the results register while the ADC results are read. Once the sequence of A/D conversions is complete, the ADRESULTx results are stored in 4 SPI registers (ADC 4 ADC 7). 7.7.3 7.7.3.1 Dedicated Readings Channel 0 Battery Voltage The battery voltage is read at the BATTISNSN pin on channel 0. The battery voltage is first scaled as V(BATT)/2 to fit the input range of the ADC. Table 70. Battery Voltage Reading Coding Conversion Code ADRESULTx[9:0] 7.7.3.2 Voltage at Input ADC in V Voltage at BATTISNSN in V 1 111 111 111 2.400 4.800 1 000 010 100 1.250 2.500 0 000 000 000 0.000 0.000 Channel 1 Battery Current (Optional) Battery current is only valid after a battery voltage reading. The current flowing into and out of the battery can be read via the ADC by monitoring the voltage drop over the sense resistor between BATTISNSN and BATTISNSP. The voltage difference between BATTISNSN and BATTISNSP is amplified to fit the ADC input range as V(BATTISNSP BATTISNSN)*15. Since battery current can flow in both directions, the conversion is read out in 2’s complement. Positive readings correspond to the current flowing into the battery, and negative readings to the current flowing out of the battery. Table 71. Battery Current Reading Coding Conversion Code ADRESULTx [9:0] Voltage at input ADC in mV BATTISNSN–BATTISNSP in mV Current through 20 mOhm in mA Current Flow 0 111 111 111 1200.00 80 4000 To battery 0 000 000 001 2.346 0.156 7.813 To battery 0 000 000 000 0 0 0 - 1 111 111 111 -2.346 -0.156 7.813 From battery 1 000 000 000 -1200.00 -80 4000 From battery The value of the sense resistor used determines the accuracy of the result, as well as the available conversion range. Note that excessively high values can impact the operating life of the device due to extra voltage drop across the sense resistor. If battery current sense is required, add a 20 m resistor between the BATTISNSN and BATTISNSP terminal, as shown in Figure 19. MC34708 79 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description BP R1 20m C1 10u C2 BPSNS BP GBAT BATTISNSP CHRGFB BATT BATTISNSN 10u Battery Input/Battery Monitoring Figure 19. Input Configuration with Battery Current Sense 7.7.3.3 Channel 2 Application Supply The application supply voltage is read at the BPSNS pin on channel 2. The battery voltage is first scaled as VBPSNS /2 to fit the input range of the ADC. Table 72. Application Supply Voltage Reading Coding Conversion Code ADRESULTx[9:0] 7.7.3.4 Voltage at Input ADC in V Voltage at BPSNS in V 1 111 111 111 2.400 4.800 1 000 010 101 1.250 2.500 0 000 000 000 0.000 0.000 Channel 3 Die Temperature The relation between the read out code and temperature is given in Table 73. Table 73. Die Temperature Voltage Reading Parameter Min Typ Max Unit Die Temperature Read Out Code at 25 °C - 680 - Decimal Slope temperature change per LSB - +0.426 - °C/LSB Slope error - - 5.0 % The Actual Die Temperature is obtained as follows: Die Temp = 25 + 0.426 * (ADC Code - 680) 7.7.3.5 Channel 4 Reserved Channel 4 is reserved. 7.7.3.6 Channel 5 VBUS Voltage The VBUS voltage is measured at the VBUS pin on channel 5. The VBUS voltage is first scaled in order to fit the input range of the ADC by multiplying by 0.4. 7.7.3.7 Channel 6 and 7 Reserved Channel 6 is reserved. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 80 Functional Block Description 7.7.3.8 Channel 8 Coin Cell Voltage The voltage of the coin cell connected to the LICELL pin can be read on channel 8. Since the voltage range of the coin cell exceeds the input voltage range of the ADC, the LICELL voltage is scaled as V(LICELL)*2/3. See . Table 74. Coin Cell Voltage Reading Coding 7.7.3.9 Conversion Code ADRESULTx[9:0] Voltage at ADC input (V) Voltage at LICELL (V) 1 111 111 110 2.400 3.6 1 000 000 000 1.200 1.8 0 000 000 000 0.000 0 Channel 9-11 ADIN9-ADIN11 There are 3 general purpose analog input channels that can be measured through the ADIN9-ADIN11 pins. 7.7.3.10 Channel 12-15 ADIN12-ADIN15 If the touch screen is not used, the inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, and TSY2 can be used as general purpose inputs. They are respectively mapped on ADC channels 12, 13, 14, and 15. 7.7.4 Touch Screen Interface The touch screen interface provides all circuitry required for the readout of a 4-wire resistive touch screen. The touch screen X plate is connected to TSX1 and TSX2, while the Y plate is connected to TSY1 and TSY2. A local supply TSREF will serve as a reference. Several readout possibilities are offered. If the touchscreen is not used, the inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, and TSY2 can be used as general purpose inputs. They are respectively mapped on ADC channels 12, 13, 14, and 15. Touch Screen Pen detection bias can be enabled via the TSPENDETEN bit in the AD0 register. When this bit is enabled and a pen touch is detected, the TSPENDET bit in the Interrupt Status 0 register is set and the INT pin is asserted - unless the interrupt is masked. Pen detection is only active when TSEN is low. The reference for the touch screen (Touch Bias) is TSREF and is powered from VCORE. During touch screen operation, TSREF is a dedicated regulator. No loads other than the touch screen should be connected here. When the ADC performs non touch screen conversions, the ADC does not rely on TSREF and the reference is disabled. The readouts are designed such that the on chip switch resistances are of no influence on the overall readout. The readout scheme does not account for contact resistances, as present in the touch screen connectors. The touch screen readings will have to be calibrated by the user or the factory, where one has to point with a stylus to the opposite corners of the screen. When reading the X-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit coordinate, with ‘0’ for a coordinate equal to X-, and full scale ‘1023’ when equal to X+. When reading the Y-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit coordinate, with ‘0’ for a coordinate equal to Y-, and full scale ‘1023’ when equal to Y+. When reading contact resistance, the 10-bit ADC reading represents the voltage drop over the contact resistance created by the known current source, multiplied by 2. The X-coordinate is determined by applying TSREF over the TSX1 and TSX2 pins, while performing a high-impedance reading on the Y-plate through TSY1. The Y-coordinate is determined by applying TSREF between TSY1 and TSY2, while reading the TSX1 pin. The contact resistance is measured by applying a known current into the TSY1 pin of the touch screen and through the TSX2 pin, which is grounded. The voltage difference between the two remaining terminals TSY2 and TSX1 is measured by the ADC, and equals the voltage across the contact resistance. Measuring the contact resistance helps determine if the touch screen is touched with a finger or a stylus. The TSSELx[1:0] allows the application processor to select its own reading sequence. The TSSELx[1:0] determines what is read during the touch screen reading sequence, as shown in Table 75. The Touchscreen will always start at TSSEL0 and read up to and including the channel set by TSSEL at the TSSTOP[2:0] bits. For example when TSSTOP[2:0] = 010, it will request the ADC to read channels indicated in TSSEL0, TSSEL1, and TSSEL2. When TSSTOP[2:0] = 111, all eight addresses will be read. MC34708 81 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 75. Touch Screen Action Select TSSELx[1:0] Signals Sampled 00 Dummy to discharge TSREF cap 01 X plate 10 Y –plate 11 Contact The touch screen readings can be repeated, as in the following example readout sequence, to reduce the interrupt rate and to allow for easier noise rejection. The dummy conversion inserted between the different readings allows the references in the system to be pre-biased for the change in touch screen plate polarity. It will read out as ‘0’. A touchscreen reading will take precedence over an ADC sequence. If an ADC reading is triggered during a touchscreen event, the ADC sequence will be overwritten by the Touchscreen data. The first Touch screen conversion can be delayed from 0 (default) to 600 s by programming the TSDLY1[3:0] bits. The TSDLY2[3:0] controls the delay between each of the touch screen conversions from 0 to 600 s. TSDLY[2:0] sets the delay after the last address is converted. TSDLY1, 2, and 3 are set to 0 by default. Table 76. TSDLYx[3:0] TSDLYx[3:0] Delay in uS 0000 0 0001 40 0010 80 0011 120 0100 160 0101 200 0110 240 0111 280 1000 320 1001 360 1010 400 1011 440 1100 480 1101 520 1110 560 1111 600 To perform a touch screen reading, the processor must do the following: • • • • • • • Enable the touch screen with TSEN Select the touch screen sequence by programming the TSSEL0-TSSEL7 SPI bits. Program the TSSTOP[2:0] Program the delay between the conversion via the TSDLY1 and TSDLY2 settings. Trigger the ADC via the TSSTART SPI bit Wait for an interrupt indicating the conversion is done TSDONEI And then read out the data in the ADRESULTx registers MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 82 Functional Block Description 7.7.5 ADC Specifications Table 77. ADC Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit - 1.0 - mA Notes ADC ICONVER Conversion Current VADCIN Converter Core Input Range tCONVERT tON-OFF-ADC V • Single ended voltage readings 0.0 - 2.4 • Differential readings -1.2 - 1.2 Conversion Time per channel - - 10 s Integral Non-linearity - - 3 LSB Differential Non-linearity - - 1 LSB Zero Scale Error (Offset) - - 5 LSB Full Scale Error (Gain) - - 10 LSB Drift over temperature - - 10 LSB Turn on/off time - - 31 s Amplifier Gain 19 20 21 Amplifier Offset -2.0 - 2.0 mV Sense Resistor - 20 - m Die Temperature Read Out Code at 25 °C - 680 - Decimal Slope temperature change per LSB - 0.426 - °C/LSB Slope error - - 5.0 % BATTERY CURRENT READING(64) DIE TEMPERATURE VOLTAGE READING Notes 64. Amplifier Bias Current accounted for in overall ADC current drain MC34708 83 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.8 7.8.1 Auxiliary Circuits General Purpose I/Os The MC34708 contains four configurable GPIOs for general purpose use. When configured as outputs, they can be configured as open-drain (OD) or CMOS (push-pull outputs). These GPIOs are low voltage capable (1.2 or 1.8 V). In open drain configuration these outputs can only be pulled up to 2.5 V maximum. Each individual GPIO has a dedicated 16-bit control register. Table 78 provides detailed bit descriptions. Table 78. GPIOLVx Control SPI Bit Description DIR GPIOLVx direction 0: Input (default) 1: Output DIN Input state of the GPIOLVx pin 0: Input low 1: Input High DOUT Output state of GPIOLVx pin 0: Output Low 1: Output High HYS Hysteresis 0: CMOS in 1: Hysteresis (default) DBNC[1:0] GPIOLVx input debounce time 00: no debounce (default) 01: 10 ms debounce 10: 20 ms debounce 11: 30 mS debounce INT[1:0] GPIOLVx interrupt control 00: None (default) 01: Falling edge 10: Rising edge 11: Both edges PKE Pad keep enable 0: Off (default) 1: On ODE Open drain enable 0: CMOS (default) 1: OD DSE Drive strength enable 0: 4.0 mA (default) 1: 8.0 mA PUE Pull-up/down enable 0: pull-up/down off 1: pull-up/down on (default) MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 84 Functional Block Description Table 78. GPIOLVx Control SPI Bit Description PUS[1:0] Pull-up/Pull-down enable 00: 10 K active pull-down 01: 10 K active pull-up 10: 100 K active pull-down 11: 100 K active pull-up (default) SRE[1:0] Slew rate enable 00: slow (default) 01: normal 10: fast 11: very fast x= 0, 1, 2, or 3 7.8.2 PWM Outputs There are two PWM outputs on the MC34708. PWM1 and PWM2 are controlled by the PWMxDUTY and PWMxCLKDIV registers shown in Table 79.The base clock will be the 2.0 MHz divided by 32. Table 79. PWMx Duty Cycle Programming PWMxDC[5:0]((65)) Duty Cycle 000000 0/32, Off (default) 000001 1/32 … … 010000 16/32 … … 011111 31/32 1xxxxx 32/32, Continuously On Notes 65. “x” represent 1 and 2 32.768 kHz Crystal Oscillator RTC Block Description and Application Information Table 80. PWMx Clock Divider Programming PWMxCLKDIV[5:0]((66)) Duty Cycle 000000 Base Clock 000001 Base Clock / 2 … … 001111 Base Clock / 16 … … 111111 Base Clock / 64 Notes 66. “x” represent 1 and 2 MC34708 85 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.8.3 General Purpose LED Drivers To turn on the LEDs, the following bits must be set, CHRLEDxEN = 1, CHRGLEDOVRD =1, THERM bit = 1, and programming the duty cycle > 0/32. Table 81. LED Driver Control THERM CHRGLEDxEN(67) CHRGLEDOVRD CHRGLEDx(67) x 0 (default) 0 Off 1 x x Off 1 1 On 0 1 Off 0 Notes 67. “x” represents R or G The general purpose LED drivers, CHRGLEDR, and CHRLEDG are independent current sink channels. Each driver channel features programmable current levels via CHRGLEDx[1:0], as well as programmable PWM duty cycle settings with CHRGLEDxDC[5:0]. By a combination of level and PWM settings, each channel provides flexible LED intensity control. Table 82. General Purpose LED Drivers Current Programming CHRGLEDx[1:0] CHRGLEDx Current Level (mA) 00 3.5 01 7.0 (default) 10 10 11 12 “x” represents for R, and G Table 83. General Purpose LED Drivers Duty Cycle Programming CHRGLEDxDC[5:0] Duty Cycle 000000 0/32, Off 000001 1/32 … … 010000 16/32 … … 011111 31/32 1xxxxx 32/32, Continuously On “x” represents R, and G The general purpose LED drivers include ramp up and ramp down patterns implemented in hardware. Ramping is enabled for each of the drivers using the corresponding CHRGLEDxRAMP bits, only when the repetition rate is 256 Hz. The ramp itself is generated by increasing or decreasing the PWM duty cycle with a 1/32 step every 1/64 seconds. The ramp time is therefore a function of the initial set PWM cycle and the final PWM cycle. As an example, starting from 0/32 and going to 32/32 will take 500 ms, while going to from 8/32 to 16/32 takes 125 ms. Note that the ramp function is executed upon every change in PWM cycle setting. If a PWM change is programmed via the SPI when CHRGLEDxRAMP = 0, the change is immediate rather than spread out over a PWM sweep. In addition, programmable blink rates are provided. Blinking is obtained by lowering the PWM repetition rate of each of the drivers through CHRGLEDxPER[1:0], while the on period is determined by the duty cycle setting. To avoid high frequency spur coupling in the application, the switching edges of the output drivers are softened. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 86 Functional Block Description Table 84. General Purpose LED Drivers Period Control CHRGLEDxPER[1:0] Repetition Rate Units 00 256 Hz 01 8.0 Hz 10 1.0 Hz 11 1/2 Hz Table 85. LED Driver Electrical Specifications Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Absolute Accuracy - - 30 % Matching - At 1.0 V, 12 mA - - 4.0 % Leakage - CHRGLEDxDC [5:0]=000000 - - 1.0 A Notes General Purpose LED Driver 7.8.4 Mini/Micro USB Switch The MC34708 is able to multiplex the 5 pins to support UART and high-speed USB2.0 data communications, a mono/stereoaudio/microphone headset, or other accessories. To identify what accessory is plugged into the Mini or Micro-USB connector, the MC34708 supports various detection mechanisms, including the VBUS detection and ID detection. A highly accurate 5-bit ADC is offered to distinguish the 32 levels of ID resistance, and to identify the button pressed in a cord remote control, while an Audio Type 1 cable is attached. After identifying the accessory attached, the MC34708 configures itself to support the accessory and interrupts a host via the INT pin. The processor can evaluate what caused the interrupt via the SPI/I2C bus. The MC34708 is also able to identify some non-supported accessories, such as video cables, phone-powered devices, etc. MC34708 87 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description GND ID Detect To/From Mini-USB Connector ID VBUS VBUS Detect M0 VUSB Regulator M1 MOTG VINUSB VUSB VINUSB2 VUSB2 Regulator VUSB2 TXD RXD To/From Application Processor To/From Audio IC D+ DP UART Switches D- USB Switches SPKR SPKRL MIC Audio Switches DM SWBST (5.0 V boosted supply) 3.3 V USB Analog supply BP 2.5V USB Analog supply To/from Mini-USB Connector VBUS Figure 20. USB Interface 7.8.4.1 Supplies The MC34708 provides the regulators required to power the PHY in the i.MX50, i.MX51, and i.MX53 processors, which are VUSB2 (detailed Linear Regulators (LDOs)), and VUSB. The IC also provides the 5.0 V supply for USB OTG operation. The VUSB regulator is used to supply 3.3 V to the external USB PHY. The input to the VUSB regulator can be supplied from the VBUS wire of the cable when supplied by a host (PC or Hub), or by the SWBST voltage via the VINUSB pin. The VUSB regulator is powered from the SWBST boost supply to ensure OTG current sourcing compliance through the normal discharge range of the main battery. The VUSBSEL SPI bit is used to make the selection between a host or OTG mode operation. Table 86. VUSB Input Source Control (68) Parameter Value Function VUSBSEL 0 Powered by Host: VBUS powers VUSB regulator (switch M0 closed and M1 open) 1 OTG mode: SWBST internally switched to supply the VUSB regulator (switch M1 closed, M0 open), and SWBST will drive VBUS from the VINUSB pin as long as SPI bit OTGEN is set = 1. Notes 68. VUSBSEL = 1 and OTGEN = 1 only close the switch between the VINUSB and VBUS pins, but do not enable the SWBST boost regulator (which should be enabled with SWBSTEN = 1) The VUSB regulator defaults to ON when PUMS4:1 = [0100], and is supplied by the SWBST output. As shown in Figure 20, this means the M0 and MOTG switches are open, while the M1 switch is closed. When PUMS4:1 is not equal to [0100], the VUSB regulator can not be enabled unless 5.0 V is present on the VBUS pin. If VBUS is detected during a cold start, then the VUSB regulator will be enabled and powered ON in the sequence shown in Startup Requirements, and it will default to be supplied by the VBUS pin. This means switch M0 is closed and switch M1 and MOTG in Figure 20 are open. If VBUS is not detected at cold start, then the VUSB regulator cannot be enabled. If VBUS is detected later, the VUSB regulator will be enabled automatically and supplied from the VBUS pin. The VUSBEN SPI bit is initialized at startup, based on the PUMS4:1 configuration. With PUMS4:1 not equal to [0100], the VUSBEN SPI bit will default to a 1 on power up and MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 88 Functional Block Description will reset to a 1, when either RESETB is valid or VBUS is invalid. This allows the VUSBEN regulator to be enabled automatically if the VUSB regulator was disabled by software. With PUMS4:1 equal to [0100], the VUSBEN bit will be enabled in the power up sequence. The MC34708 also supports USB OTG mode by supplying 5.0 V to the VBUS pin. The OTGEN SPI bit along with the VUSBSEL SPI bit, control switching the SWBST to drive VBUS in OTG mode. When OTGEN = 1 and VUSBSEL = 1, SWBST will be driving the VBUS (switch M1 and MOTG are closed, and the M0 switch is open). When OTG mode is disabled, the switch (MOTG) from VINUSB to VBUS will be open. In OTG mode, the VUSB regulator is enabled by setting the VUSBEN SPI bit to a 1. When SWBST is supplying the VBUS pin (OTG Mode), it will generate a USBDET interrupt. The USBDET interrupt while in OTG mode should not be interpreted as being powered by the host by software. Table 87. VUSB/OTG Switch Configuration Mode OTGEN VUSBSEL Switches Enabled (Closed) Switches Disabled (Open) VUSB powered from VBUS pin 0 0 M0 M1, MOTG VUSB powered from VINUSB pin 0 1 M1 M0, MOTG Invalid option 1 0 - - OTG Mode (VUSB powered from VINUSB pin and SWBST 1 1 M1, MOTG M0 Table 88. VUSB Electrical Characteristics Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max 4.4 5.0 5.25 - - 5.75 0.0 - 100 VNOM - 4% 3.3 VNOM + 4% Unit Notes VUSB REGULATOR VUSBIN Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX • Supplied by VBUS • Supplied by SWBST IUSB Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX V mA VUSB ACTIVE MODE - DC VUSB Output Voltage VOUT • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMA VUSBLOPP Load Regulation • 0 < IL < ILMAX from DM / DP, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX VUSBLIPP mV/mA - 1.0 - - - 20 - - 1.3 - 65 - Line Regulation • VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX tOFF-VUSB V mV Turn-off Time • Disable to 0.8 V, per USB OTG specification parameter VA_SESS_VLD VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0 sec VUSB ACTIVE MODE - AC VUSBPSRR PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz • VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV 7.8.4.2 dB Accessory Identification The MC34708 monitors both the ID pin and the VBUS pin. When an accessory attachment is detected, the accessory identification state machine will enter Active mode to start the identification flow. The ID detection state machine will determine MC34708 89 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description what ID resistor is attached and the Power Supply Type Identification or PSTI circuit will determine what type of power supply is connected. The 32 kHz crystal must be placed across the XTAL 1 and XTAL2 pins for the accessory identification to work. An identification conclusion is made when the identification flow is finished. The corresponding bit in the USB Device Type/Status register is set to indicate the device type, and the ATTACH bit in the USB Interrupt Status register is set to inform the baseband. If the attached accessory can't be identified, the Unknown_Atta bit in the USB Interrupt Status register is set. The MC34708 will automatically detect three types of accessories. 1. Recognized and supported. The following accessories are identified and configured automatically: USB port, UART, Audio Type 1 cable, TTY accessory, USB jig cables, and UART jig cables. 2. Recognized but not supported. The following accessories can be identified but are not supported by the MC34708 PMIC: A/V cables, Phone-Powered Devices, Audio Type 2 cables, dedicated charger, USB charger, A/V charger, 5-wire type 1 and type 2 chargers. The PMIC will detect that a charger is attached, when the VBUS voltage transitions above the setpoint, which is defaulted to 4.35 V. When above this threshold for longer than the debounce period (VBUSDB[1:0]), the USBDET interrupt is generated and USBDETS is set to a one. When the VBUS input falls below the VBUSTL[2:0] threshold, the USBDET interrupt is generated immediately without any debounce and the USBDETS bit is low. See Table 89 and Table 90. The USBOVP interrupt will be triggered when an over-voltage on VBUS (>6.5 V typical) is detected during a device attach. The over-voltage interrupt is debounce by SUP_OVP_DB[1:0] bits on Table 91. Table 89. VBUS Debounce Times VBUSDB[1:0] Debounce Time (ms) 00 0 01 10 10 20 11 30 Table 90. VBUS High/low Detection Threshold VBUSTH[2:0] Voltage VBUSTL[2:0] Voltage 000 4.05 000 3.55 001 4.15 001 3.65 010 4.25 010 3.75 011 4.35 (default) 011 3.85 (default) 100 4.45 100 3.95 101 4.55 101 4.05 110 4.65 110 4.15 111 4.75 111 4.25 Table 91. Over-voltage Debounce Time SUP_OVP_DB[1:0] SUP_OVP_DB[1:0] Debounce Time 00 0 (default 1.0) 01 2 RTC clock cycles 10 4 RTC clock cycles 11 8 RTC clock cycles (default 2.0) 3. Not recognized accessories. All accessories that are not recognized are identified as unknown accessories. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 90 Functional Block Description Reset VBUS_DET? Yes No Yes Standby Detection Delay ID_FLOAT? ID_FLOAT? No No RID < 100? No Yes DP 0.6V ID_DET_EN D? ADC = 00000 No DM > 0.8V Yes RID = 75? Yes No Video cable? No DM < 0.4V? Yes USB-OTG No UART jig cable w/o boot option Yes RID = UART jig w/o boot? No Phone Powered Device Yes RID = 102k? No ID_FLOAT Yes ID_FLOAT? DM 0.6V Video cable Yes RID = UART jig w/ boot? No Yes No A/V_CHG = 1 Yes No UART jig cable w/ boot option Yes No Start ADC to measure RID RID = Video cable? Active (Identification Flow) Yes Audio Type 1 Yes Yes ID_DET_EN D? RID = Audio Type 1 ? Yes Stuck Key Process Yes Yes Dedicated Charger No DP < 0.4V? Yes RID = 440k? RID = TTY Converter? USB Charger Yes No No RID = USB jig w/ Boot? Yes USB jig cable w/ boot option No RID = 200k? RID = UART Cable? Yes 5-Wire Charger No RID = Audio Type2 Cable? No RID = remote key? ID_DET_EN D? Yes No Audio Type2 Cable No Yes No UART Cable USB host No No TTY Converter Yes RID = USB jig w/o Boot? Yes USB jig cable w/o boot option No Unknown No Figure 21. Identification Flow State Diagram 7.8.4.3 Id Identification A comparator monitors the ID pin impedance to ground. When a resistor less than 1.0 M is connected between the ID line and the ground, the ID_FLOATS bit in the Interrupt Sense 0 register will be set to 0. When the resistor is removed, the ID_FLOATS bit will be set to 1. A falling edge of this bit starts the identification flow, and a rising edge starts the detachment detection flow. The ID_DET_END signal is used to indicate the end of the identification. After the ID_FLOATS bit is set to 0, the identification flow is started, and an ADC_EN signal is set to enable an ADC conversion. A 5-bit ID ADC is used to measure the ID resistance. The ADC is also used to identify what button is pressed in a cord remote control when the attached accessory is an Audio Type 1 cable. When the conversion completes, an ADC_STATUS bit is set and the ADC result value is sent to the ADC Manual SW/Result register. The ADC_EN signal is cleared automatically after the conversion finishes. If the ID resistance is below 2.0 k, the ADC Result is set to 00000. If the ID line is floating, the ADC Result is set to 11111. 7.8.4.4 Stuck Key Identification When the ADC conversion is finished and the ADC result is found to be a value corresponding to a remote control key of Audio Type 1 cable, a stuck key process flow will be initiated to determine whether a remote control key is stuck and to inform the baseband of the stuck key status. Figure 22 shows the stuck key process flow. If the stuck key is detected to be released within 1.5 s, the flow will return to re-start the ID identification flow. Otherwise, a Stuck_Key Interrupt is set. When the key is released, a Stuck_Key_RCV Interrupt is generated, and the identification flow is re-started to determine the ID resistance of the attached cable. MC34708 91 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Figure 22. Stuck Key Process Flow Diagram 7.8.4.5 Power Supply Type Identification The PSTI (Power Supply Type Identification) circuit is used in Active mode to identify the type of the connected power supply. The PSTI circuit first detects whether the DP and DM pins are shorted. If the DP and DM pins are found to be shorted, the PSTI circuit will continue to determine whether DP and DM pins are a forward short or reverse short. The detection result, together with the ID detection result, is used to determine what powered accessory is connected. The PSTI circuit is shown in Figure 23. Its operation is described as follows. When the MC34708 detects the VBUS_DET bit is set, the PSTI identification flow starts. 1. Wait for a Detection Delay tD (programmable in the USB Time Delay register). 2. During tD, check to see whether ID_FLOAT = 0. If yes, then wait for the ID_DET_END to be set and check whether the attached accessory is an A/V cable. 3. If the result is an A/V cable, set the A/V_CHG and ATTACH interrupt bits, as well as the A/V bit in USB Device Type/Status register, to inform the baseband and finish the identification flow. If not, go to step 4. 4. Enable the PSTI (PSTI_EN set to '1') at t1. When PSTI_EN rises, the SW1 switch is turned on to drive the VDAT_SRC data source voltage to DP line. In the meantime, the SW2 switch is turned on so the IDAT_SINK current source sinks a current from the DM line. At t2, the PSTI starts to compare the DM line voltage with references VDAT_REF and VCR_REF. If the DM line voltage stays above VDAT_REF, but below VCR_REF for 20 ms continuously before t4, which means the DP and DM pins are shorted, the DP/DM_short signal is set to '1' at t3. Go to step 5. If the DP and DM are not shorted, the VBUS detection completes at t4 and the VBUS_DET_END is set to '1'. The state machine will go to step 6 to determine the type of accessory, based on the DM voltage. 5. The state machine checks if the ID pin is floating. If the ID pin is not floating at t3, the PSTI circuit turns off SW1 and SW2, and the VBUS detection completes. The VBUS_DET_END is set to '1' and the state machine goes to step 6. If the ID pin is floating at t3, the PSTI circuit turns off SW1 and SW2, and then turns on SW3 and SW4 to force VDAT_SRC to the DM pin. If the DP pin is between the two thresholds VDAT_REF and VCR_REF for 20 ms continuously before t6, it means the DP and DM pins are a reverse short.The DP/DM_reverse_short is set to '1' at t5, the SW3 and SW4 are turned off, VBUS_DET_END is set to '1', and the state machine goes to step 6. If DP and DM are not a reverse short, the VBUS detection completes at t6, SW3 and SW4 are turned off, the VBUS_DET_END is set to '1', and the state machine goes to step 6. 6. The state machine decides on the attached accessory, based on the ID identification, and the VBUS identification results. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 92 Functional Block Description Figure 23. Power Supply Type Identification Circuit Block Diagram Figure 24. Operating Waveforms for the PSTI Circuit MC34708 93 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 92. Timing Delays for PSTI Circuit Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • TD = 0000 - 100 - • TD = 0001 - 200 - • TD = 0010 - 300 - • TD = 0011 - 400 - • TD = 0100 - 500 - • ... ... ... ... • TD = 1111 - 1600 - Unit Notes Switching Delay tD ms t1 - t0 (tD in Default Value is TD = 0100) tSW t2 - t1 20 - - ms tSW t3 - t2 20 - - ms tSW t4 - t1 100 - - ms tSW t6 - t3 100 - - ms The MC34708 contains registers which hold control and status information. The register map and the description of each register can be found in the SPI/I2C Register Map section. The details of some important control bits are described as follows. 7.8.4.6 7.8.4.6.1 Control Functions Timing of the Switching Action (WAIT BIT) If the WAIT bit is '1' when the Attach interrupt bit is set, the MC34708 waits for a WAIT time before turning on the switches. The WAIT time is programmed by the Switching Wait bits in the Timing Set 2 register. If the WAIT bit is '0' when the Attach interrupt is generated, then the MC34708 will not turn on the switches until the WAIT bit is set to '1' by the SPI. Both cases are shown in Figure 25. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 94 Functional Block Description Figure 25. Operating Waveforms of the Wait Bit 7.8.4.6.2 Automatic Switching OR Manual Switching (Switch_open & Manual S/W Bits) When a supported accessory is identified, the default behavior of the MC34708 automatically turns on the corresponding signal switches. The user can also choose to turn on optional signal switches manually. Switch turn on is controlled by the Manual S/W bit and the Switch_Open bits in the USB Manual SW/Result and USB Control/Device mode registers respectively. If the Switch_Open bit is '0', the audio, UART, and USB switches are off. If Manual S/W = 1, which is its reset value, the switches to be turned on and the outputs of the JIG and BOOT pins are determined automatically by the Device Mode register, which is the identification result. If Manual S/W = 0, the switches to be turned on are determined by the values of the USB Manual SW/Result register. The relationship between the values of the USB Manual SW/ Result register and the switches to be turned on is found in SPI/I2C Register Map section. The values of the Switch_Open and Manual S/W bits will not affect the identification flow and the timing of the signal switching action of the MC34708. The difference between Manual S/W = 1 and Manual S/W = 0 is what switches are turned on. In both cases, no switches are turned on in Standby mode. If the Manual S/W bit is changed from '1' to '0' while an accessory is attached, the already automatically turned on switches will be turned off, and the switches selected manually will be turned on. However, writing the Manual S/W bit back to '1' in Active mode will not change the switches and outputs status. Setting the Switch_Open = 1, sets the switches according to the Manual S/W bit. Raw Data (Raw Data Bit) The RAW DATA bit functions only when the accessory is Audio Type 1, which supports the remote control key. The RAW DATA bit determines whether to report the ID pin resistance change to the baseband when any key is pressed. When RAW DATA = 1, the ADC is enabled only when an ID line event is detected, such as when a key is pressed. In this case, the interrupt bits KP, LKP, or LKR, and the corresponding button bits in Button 1 and Button 2 registers, will be set accordingly. Detailed behavior information when RAW DATA = 1 can be found in Audio Type 1 Operation Mode. Audio Device Type 1 - Audio with or without the Remote Control. When RAW DATA = 0, the ADC is enabled periodically to calculate the ID line resistance. Any change of ADC Result will set the ADC_Change interrupt bit to inform the baseband. The baseband can read the ADC result via the SPI. The KP, LKP, or LKR, and the button bits, will not set when RAW DATA = 0. The period of ADC conversion is determined by the Device Wake-up bits in the USB Timing register. All other behaviors of Audio MC34708 95 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Type 1 and other accessories will not be affected by the RAW DATA bit. LKR and the button bits will not set when RAW DATA = 0. The period of ADC conversion is determined by the Device Wake-up bits in the Timing Set 1 register. All other behaviors of Audio Type 1 and other accessories will not be affected by the RAW DATA bit. 7.8.4.7 Analog and Digital Switches The signal switches in the MC34708 are shown in Figure 26. These switches are controlled by the identification result when the Manual S/W = 1, and by the Manual SW/Result register, when the Manual S/W = 0 is in Active mode. The Switch_Open bit overrides the switch configuration. When the Switch_Open bit is 0, all switches are turned off. The switches for the SPK_L and SPK_R are capable of passing signals of 1.5 V, referencing to the GND pin voltage. The SPK_L and SPK_R pins are pulled down to GND via a 100 k resistor respectively, as shown in Figure 26. When the switches are configured automatically by the identification result, the configuration of the switches vs. the device type is shown in Table 93. When detachment of an accessory is detected, the MC34708 will return to Standby mode. In Standby mode, regardless of the Manual S/W = 1 or Manual S/W = 0 state, all signal switches and are off in the Standby mode. The OUT-to-ground FET is turned on whenever the FET_ON bit is '0'. RxD DP SW1 TxD DM SW2 SW3 D+ SW6 DSW4 SPK_R SW7 SPK_L SW5 VBUS MIC M0 VUSB LDO M1 MOTG VINUSB Figure 26. Analog and Digital Switches MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 96 Functional Block Description Table 93. Switch Configuration When Controlled by the Device Type Register Device Type Audio USB UART USB CHG Dedicated CHG On SW# 4, 5, 7 3, 6, 1, 2 3, 6 - Off SW MOTG, M0 - (69) - - Device Type 5WT1 CHG 5WT2 CHG JIG_USB_ON JIG_UART_ON TTY JIG_USB_OFF JIG_UART 3, 6 3, 6 4, 5, 7 - (69) MOTG, M0 On SW# Off SW - - Notes 69. Switches M0, M1, and MOTG are controlled by software by the OTGEN and VUSBSEL bits. 7.8.4.8 Audio Type 1 Operation Mode Audio Type 1 accessories have the same interface shown in Figure 27, either stereo or mono, with or without a remote control, or with or without a microphone. When a device, such as a microphone is not connected to the accessory, the corresponding pin in the mini-USB connector will be left floating. With the normal operation setting of the control bits, the accessory is identified as an Audio Type 1 device, the analog switches SW4 and SW7 for SPK_R to DP, SPK_L to DM, and SW5 for VBUS to MIC are turned on, and the MOTG, and M0 switches are turned off, to isolate the VBUS pin. The MC34708 supports the remote control key for an Audio Type 1 device. If the RAW DATA = 0, the ADC is turned on periodically to monitor the ID line change caused by the key press. The period is programmed by the Device Wake-up bits. If the ADC Result changes, the ADC_Change bit in the USB Interrupt Sense register is set to inform the baseband. If the RAW DATA = 1, a comparator is enabled to monitor the key press. The timing of the key press when RAW DATA = 1 is shown in Figure 28. If a key is pressed for a time less than 20 ms, the MC34708 ignores it. If the key is still pressed after 20 ms, the MC34708 starts a timer to count the time during which the key is kept pressed. There are three conditions according to the press time: Error key press, short key press, and long key press. 1. Error key press: if the key press time is less than TKP, the Error bit in the USB Button register and the short key press bit KP in USB Interrupt Sense register are set to indicate an error has occurred. The Error bit is reset to '0' when the USB Button register is read or the next key press occurs. The KP bit is cleared when the Interrupt 1 register is read. 2. Short key press: if the key press time is between TKP and TLKP, the KP bit and the corresponding button bit in USB Button are set to inform the baseband. If the ADC result is not one of the ADC values of the 13 buttons, the Unknown bit in the Button register is set. The INT pin is driven high when the key is released and returns to low when the interrupt register is read. The KP bit is cleared when the USB Interrupt Sense register is read. 3. Long key press: if the key press time is longer than TLKP, the long key press bit LKP in the USB Interrupt Sense register, and the corresponding button bit, are set to inform the baseband. If the ADC Result is not one of the ADC values of the 13 buttons, the Unknown bit in the USB Button register is set. When the key is released, the long key release bit LKR in the Interrupt Status 0 register is set to interrupt the baseband again. Figure 27. Audio Accessory with Remote Control and Microphone MC34708 97 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Baseband VBUS MIC VBUS SPKR_R DP D+ SPKR_L DM D- ID ID ADC ID Det GND AUDIO ACCESSORY GND SHLD Figure 28. Operation of the Headset with Remote Control and Microphone TKP 20ms TLKP 20ms Key Press Error Button Register read KP INT Interrupt Status 0 Register KP bit written to a one KP Interrupt Status 0 Register KP bit written to a one INT LKP LKR INT ADC Time Interrupt Status 0 Register LKP bit written to a one Interrupt Status 0 Register LKR bit written to a one Figure 29. Remote Control Key Press Timing The ID detection circuit continues to be ON for detaching detection in the Active mode, and samples the ID line every interval programmed by the device wake-up bits in the USB Timing register. When the ID_FLOAT rising edge is detected, the Detach bit in the USB Interrupt Sense register is set to inform the host the accessory is detached. The MC34708 then enters Standby mode. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 98 Functional Block Description 7.8.4.9 JiG Cable USB and UART The JIG cable is used for test and development and has an ID resistance to differentiate it from a regular USB cable. The Jig cable has 2 ID resistance values to resemble a USB JIG type1/2, and 2 ID resistance values to resemble a UART JIG type1/2 cable. 7.8.4.9.1 USB JIG Cable 1 or 2 Under normal operation, setting the control bits when the identified accessory is a USB JIG 1 or 2 cable, both the DPLUS to DP, the DMINUS to DM switches are switched on. When SW_HOLD = 0, the switching action of DPLUS to DP, and the DMINUS to DM switches are controlled by the WAIT bit. If WAIT = 1, the signal switches will be turned ON after a WAIT. If WAIT = 0, the signal switches won't be turned on until the WAIT bit is set to '1' by the SPI/I2C. When SW_HOLD = 1, regardless of what the WAIT is set to, '0' or '1', the signal switches are turned on, once the USB JIG cable is identified. The ID detector and the VBUS detector both monitor the detachment of the USB JIG cable. The ID detection circuit continues to be ON for detachment detection in the Active mode. When the ID_FLOAT is set, the Detach bit in the Interrupt Status 0 register is set to inform the host. When the USBDETS is set to '0', which means either the VBUS power is removed or the cable is detached, the Detach bit is also set to inform the host. The mini USB interface moves to the Standby mode. If the Detach bit is set, due to the removing only the VBUS or the ID resistance, and the cable is not detached completely, the identification flow will be triggered again. The ID_FLOAT bit or USBDETS bit still indicate an accessory is connected when the mini USB interface moves to the Standby mode. All the signal switches are turned off 7.8.4.9.2 UART JIG Cable 1 or 2 Under normal operation, setting the control bits when the identified accessory is a UART JIG cable 1 or 2, both the RxD to DP and the TxD to DM switches are switched on. When SW_HOLD = 0, the switching action of RxD to DP, and the TxD to DM switches, are controlled by the WAIT bit. If WAIT = 1, the signal switches will be turned on after a WAIT time. If WAIT = 0, the signal switches won't be turned on until the WAIT bit is set to '1' by the SPI/I2C. When SW_HOLD = 1, regardless of what the WAIT is set to, '0' or '1', the signal switches are turned on, once the UART JIG cable is identified. The ID detection comparator continues to be ON for detachment detection in the Active mode. When the ID_FLOAT is set, the Detach bit in the Interrupt Status 0 register is set to inform the host the accessory is detached. The mini USB interface then enters the Standby mode. 7.8.4.10 TTY Operation Mode A TTY converter is a type of audio accessory. It has its own ID resistance. When a TTY converter is attached, this sets the TTY bit in the USB Device Type register and the Attach interrupt bit in the Interrupt Status 0 register. During normal operation, when setting the control bits, the automatic switch configuration of the TTY converter, is similar to that of an Audio Type 1 accessory. The SPK_R to DP switch, and MIC to VBUS switch are turned on, but the SPK_L to DM switch can only be turned on when TTY_SKPL bit in USB Control register is manually set to 1. In addition, the MOTG, and M0 switches are turned off to isolate the VBUS pin.The TTY accessory doesn’t support the remote control key. The Power Save mode operation and the detachment detection are the same as those of the Audio Type 1 device. 7.8.4.11 UART Operation Mode During normal operation, when setting the control bits, when the identified accessory is a UART cable, both the RxD and the TxD switches are switched on (see Figure 30). The ID detection comparator continues to be ON for detachment detection in the Active mode. When the ID_FLOAT is set, the Detach bit in the USB interrupt Sense register, is set to inform the host the accessory is detached. The MC34708 USB detection then enters Standby mode. MC34708 99 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Baseband UART Cable VBUS Det UART VBUS RxD DP D+ TxD DM D- ID ID ADC ID Det GND UART Interface VBUS ` GND SHLD Figure 30. UART Operation 7.8.4.12 USB Host (PC or HUB) Operation Mode When the attached accessory is a USB host or hub, the ID pin floats. During normal operation, when setting the control bits, both the D PLUS to DP and the D MINUS to DM switches are switched on (see Figure 31). The mini USB interface sets the bit USB in the USB Device type register. When SW_HOLD = 0, the switching action of D+ to DP and the D- to DM switches, are controlled by the WAIT bit. If WAIT = 1, the signal switches will be turned on after a WAIT time. If WAIT = 0, the signal switches won't be turned on until the WAIT bit is set to '1' by the SPI. When SW_HOLD = 1, regardless of what the WAIT is set to, '0' or '1', the signal switches are turned on once the USB host is identified. After the DPLUS to DP and the DMINUS to DM switches are turned on, the baseband can pull the DPLUS signal high to start the USB attaching sequence. The detachment is detected by the falling edge of the USBDETS signal. When the USBDETS falls, the Detach bit is set to inform the baseband. The MC34708 USB detection then enters the Standby mode. Baseband USB Cable VBUS Det USB Xcvr VBUS VBUS DPLUS DP D+ DMINUS DM D- ID ID ADC ID Det GND USB Host 5V GND SHLD Figure 31. USB Operation 7.8.4.13 USB charger or Dedicated Charger Operation Mode When the attached accessory is a USB Charger or Dedicated Charger, the MC34708 enables the bit USB Charge or the Dedicated CHG in the USB Device type register. During normal operation when setting of the control bits, the D PLUS and D MINUS switches are turned on for the USB Charger, but not for the Dedicated Charger. The VBUS detector is used to monitor the detachment of the charger. The falling edge of USBDETS is an indication of charger detachment. Unplugging the mini-USB connector and unplugging the AC side, both lead to the same detachment conclusion. The Detach bit is set to inform the host. The MC34708 USB detection then enters the Standby mode. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 100 Functional Block Description 7.8.4.14 5-Wire Charger or A/V Charger Mode When the attached accessory is a 5-Wire Charger or A/V Charger, the MC34708 enables the appropriate device type 5.0 W CHG or A/V in the USB device type register. The VBUS detector is used to monitor the detachment of the charger. The falling edge of USBDETS is an indication of the charger detachment. Both unplugging the mini-USB connector and unplugging the ac side lead to the same detachment conclusion. The Detach bit is set to inform the host. Then the MC34708 USB detection enters the Standby mode. 7.8.4.15 Device Detect Mode When the Manual SW_B bit is set to 1, the MC34708 automatically detects what device is attached. 7.8.4.16 Unknown Accessory Operation Mode When an unknown accessory is attached, the ID_FLOAT bit is cleared or the USBDETS bit is set to '1'. Only the Unknown_Atta bit is set to interrupt the baseband. The Attach bit is not set to distinguish the unknown accessory from the known accessory. No other actions are taken.The falling edge of the USBDETS or the rising edge of the ID_FLOAT signals can trigger the detachment detection. The Detach bit is set to inform the detachment of the unknown accessory. The USB detection then enters the Standby mode. 7.8.4.17 Software Reset The USB detection supports a software reset, which is realized by writing the Reset bit in the USB Control register to 1. The consequence of the software reset is the same as the hardware reset. All register bits reset by the Mini-USB will be reset. Table 94. ID Detection Thresholds UID Pin External Connection UID Pin Voltage (70) IDFLOATS IDGNDS IDFACTORYS Resistor to Ground 0.18 * VCORE < UID < 0.77 * VCORE Grounded 0 < UID < 0.12 * VCORE Floating 0.89 * VCORE < UID < VCORE Voltage Applied 3.6 V < UID (1) Accessory 0 1 0 Non-USB accessory is attached (per CEA-936-A spec) 0 0 0 A type plug (USB default slave) is attached (per CEA-936-A spec) 1 1 0 B type plug (USB Host, OTG default master or no device) is attached. 1 1 1 Factory mode Notes 70. UID maximum voltage is 5.25 V 7.8.4.18 ID Resistance Value Assignment The ID resistors used are standard 1% resistors. Table 95 lists the complete 32 ID resistor assignment. Those with the Assigned Functions filled are ones already used with special functions. The ones reserved can be assigned to other functions. Table 95. ID Resistance Assignment Item# ADC Result ID Resistance K Assignment 0 00000 <1.9 Reserved 1 00001 2.0 S0 2 00010 2.604 S1 3 00011 3.208 S2 4 00100 4.014 S3 MC34708 101 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 95. ID Resistance Assignment Item# ADC Result ID Resistance K Assignment 5 00101 4.820 S4 6 00110 6.03 S5 7 00111 8.03 S6 8 01000 10.03 S7 9 01001 12.03 S8 10 01010 14.46 S9 11 01011 17.26 S10 12 01100 20.5 S11 13 01101 24.07 S12 14 01110 28.7 UART JIG Cable 2 15 01111 34.0 UART JIG Cable 1 16 10000 40.2 USB JIG Cable 2 17 10001 49.9 USB JIG Cable 1 18 10010 64.9 Factory Mode 19 10011 80.6 Audio Type 2 20 10100 102 PPD 21 10101 121 Reserved 22 10110 150 UART 23 10111 200 5W Type 1 24 11000 255 Reserved 25 11001 301 Reserved 26 11010 365 A/V 27 11011 442 5W Type 2 28 11100 523 Reserved 29 11101 619 TTY 30 11110 1000 Audio Type 1 31 11111 - ID float The remote control architecture is illustrated in Figure 32. The recommended resistors for the remote control resistor network are given in Table 96. ID R1 R2 R13 R3 …... SEND/END GND / R14 HOLD Figure 32. Remote Control Architecture MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 102 Functional Block Description Table 96. ID Remote Control Values 7.8.4.19 Resistor Standard Value K ID Resistance R1 2.0 2.0 R2 0.604 2.604 R3 0.604 3.208 R4 0.806 4.014 R5 0.806 4.82 R6 1.21 6.03 R7 2.0 8.03 R8 2.0 10.03 R9 2.0 12.03 R10 2.43 14.46 R11 2.8 17.26 R12 3.24 20.5 R13 3.57 24.07 R14 590/976 614/1000 USB Interface Electrical Specifications Table 97. USB Interface Electrical Characteristics Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • In Standby mode - 2 3 • When accessory is attached & INT_MASK = ‘1’ - 125 160 • In Active mode (VDD < VBUS) - 550 650 • In Active mode (VDD < VBUS) - 850 1000 • In VBUS OTG - - 1.5 • In Active mode - Audio or TTY - - 0.5 • On resistance (20 Hz to 470 kHz) - 30 - RSPK_ONMCT • Matching between channels - 3.0 - RSPK_ONFLT • On resistance flatness (from -1.2 to 1.2 V) - 0.3 - • On resistance (0.0 Hz to 240 MHz) - 5.0 8.0 RUSB_ONMCT • Matching between channels - 0.1 1.0 RUSB_ONFLT • On resistance flatness (from 0.0 to 3.3 V) - 0.02 0.4 Unit Notes Power Input IDM IVBUS Detection Module Quiescent Current A VBUS Supply Quiescent Current mA Accessory Detect Switch SPK_L and SPK_R Switches RSPK_ON D+ and D- Switches RUSB_ON MC34708 103 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 97. USB Interface Electrical Characteristics Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max • On resistance - - 60 • On resistance flatness (from 0.0 to 3.3 V) - - 6.0 RxD and TxD Switches RUART_ON RUART_ONFLT RMIC_ON RPD_AUDIO - 75 150 - 100 - - - 1.5 • SPK_L, SPK_R -1.5 - 1.5 • D+, D-, RxD, TxD -0.3 - 3.6 Pull-Down Resistors between SPK_L or SPK_R Pins to GND Signal Voltage Range • MIC VA_PSRR THD VA_CT - - -60 - - 0.05 - - -50 - - -100 % Crosstalk between Two Channels • 20 Hz to 20 kHz with 32/16 load. VA_ISO dB Total Harmonic Distortions • 20 Hz to 20 kHz with 32/16 load. dB Off Channel Isolation • Less than 1.0 MHz k V PSRR - From BP (100 mVrms) to DP/DM Pins • 20 Hz to 20 kHz with 32/16 load. Notes MIC Switches • On resistance (at 1.5 V MIC bias voltage) Unit dB Power Supply Type Identification VDAT_SRC Data Source Voltage • Loaded by 0~200 μA V 0.5 0.6 0.7 IDAT_SRC Data Source Current 0.0 - 200 μA VDAT_REF Data Detect Voltage 0.3 0.35 0.4 V VCR_REF Car Kit Detect Voltage 0.8 0.9 1.0 V IDAT_SINK Data Sink Current 65 100 135 - 8.0 - • DM pin is biased between 0.15 to 3.0 V CDP/DM DP, DM Pin Capacitance RDP/DM DP, DM Pin Impedance • All switches are off (Switch_Open = 0) μA pF M - 50 - - 2.3 - - 20 - • When ADC Result is 1xxxx 1.9 2.0 2.1 • When ADC Result is 0xxxx 30.4 32 33.6 ID Detection VFLOAT ID FLOAT Threshold • Detection threshold tID_FLOAT IID ID FLOAT Detection Deglitch Time V ms μA Pull-up Current Source Video Cable Detection IVCBL • Detection current 1.0 1.2 1.4 mA VVCBL_L • Detection voltage low threshold - 50 - mV VVCBL_H • Detection voltage high threshold - 118 - mV MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 104 Functional Block Description Table 97. USB Interface Electrical Characteristics Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit - 20 - ms - 20 - ms Notes ID Detection (Continued) tVCBL Video Cable Detection Time (Video Cable Detection Current Source On Time) tRMTCON_DG Key Press Comparator Debounce Time 7.9 Serial Interfaces The IC contains a number of programmable registers for control and communication. The majority of registers are accessed through a SPI interface in a typical application. The same register set may alternatively be accessed with an I2C interface muxed on SPI pins. Table 98 describes the muxed pin options for the SPI and I2C interfaces; further details for each interface mode follow. Table 98. SPI / I2C Bus Configuration Pin Name SPI Mode Functionality I2C Mode Functionality CS Configuration (71), Chip Select Configuration (72) CLK SPI Clock SCL: I2C bus clock MISO Master In, Slave Out (data output) SDA: Bi-directional serial data line MOSI Master Out, Slave In (data input) A0 Address Selection (73) Notes 71. CS held low at Cold Start, configures the interface for SPI mode; once activated, CS functions as the SPI Chip Select. 72. CS tied to VCOREDIG at Cold Start, configures the interface for I2C mode; the pin is not used in I2C mode, other than for configuration. 73. In I2C mode, the MOSI pin is hardwired to ground, or VCOREDIG is used to select between two possible addresses. 7.9.1 SPI Interface The IC contains a SPI interface port which allows access by a processor to the register set. Via these registers, the resources of the IC can be controlled. The registers also provide status information about how the IC is operating, as well as information on external signals. Because the SPI interface pins can be reconfigured for reuse as an I2C interface, a configuration protocol mandates the CS pin is held low during a turn on event for the IC (a weak pull-down is integrated on the CS pin). The state of CS is latched in during the initialization phase of a Cold Start sequence, ensuring the I2C bus is configured before the interface is activated. With the CS pin held low during startup (as would be the case if connected to the CS driver of an unpowered processor due to the integrated pull down), the bus configuration will be latched for SPI mode. The SPI port utilizes 32-bit serial data words comprised of 1 write/read_b bit, 6 address bits, 1 null bit, and 24 data bits. The addressable register map spans 64 registers of 24 data bits each. The map is not fully populated, but it follows the legacy conventions for bit positions corresponding to common functionality with previous generation FSL products. 7.9.1.1 SPI Interface Description For a SPI read, the first bit sent to the IC must be a zero indicating a SPI read cycle. Next, the six bit address is sent MSB first. This is followed by one dead bit to allow for more address decode time. The MC34708 will clock the above bits in on the rising edge of the SPI clock. The 24 data bits are then driven out on the MISO pin on the falling edge of the SPI clock, so the master can clock them in on the rising edge of the SPI clock. MC34708 105 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description For each MOSI SPI transfer, first a one is written to the write/read_b bit if this SPI transfer is to be a write. A zero is written to the write/read_b bit if this is to be a read command. If a zero is written, then any data sent after the address bits are ignored and the internal contents of the field addressed do not change when the 32nd CLK is sent. For a SPI write, the first bit sent to the MC34708 must be a one, indicating a SPI write cycle. Next the six bit address is sent MSB first. This is followed by one dead bit to allow for more address decode time. The data is then sent MSB first. The SPI data is written to the SPI register whose address was sent at the start of the SPI cycle on the falling edge of the 32nd SPI clock. Additionally, whenever a SPI write cycle is taking place the SPI read data is shifted out for the same address as for the write cycle. Next the 6-bit address is written, MSB first. Finally, data bits are written, MSB first. Once all the data bits are written then the data is transferred into the actual registers on the falling edge of the 32nd CLK. The CS polarity is active high. The CS line must remain high during the entire SPI transfer. For a write sequence it is possible for the written data to be corrupted, if after the falling edge of the 32nd clock the CS goes low before it's required time. CS can go low before this point and the SPI transaction will be ignored, but after that point the write process is started and cannot be stopped, because the write strobe pulse is already being generated, and CS going low may cause a runt pulse that may or may not be wide enough to clock all 24 data bits properly. To start a new SPI transfer, the CS line must be toggled low and then pulled high again. The MISO line will be tri-stated while CS is low. The register map includes bits that are read/write, read only, read/write “1” to clear (i.e., Interrupts), and clear on read, reserved, and unused. Refer to the SPI/I2C Register Map and the individual subcircuit descriptions to determine the read/write capability of each bit. All unused SPI bits in each register must be written to as zeroes. A SPI read back of the address field and unused bits are returned as zeroes. To read a field of data, the MISO pin will output the data field pointed to by the 6 address bits loaded at the beginning of the SPI sequence. CS CLK MOSI Write_En Address5 Address4 Address3 Address2 Address 1 Address 0 “D ead Bit” MISO Data 23 D ata 22 D ata 1 Data 0 Data 23 D ata 22 D ata 1 Data 0 Figure 33. SPI Transfer Protocol Single Read/Write Access CS Preamble First Address 24 Bits Data MOSI MISO 24 Bits Data Preamble Another Address 24 Bits Data 24 Bits Data Figure 34. SPI Transfer Protocol Multiple Read/Write Access MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 106 Functional Block Description 7.9.1.2 SPI Timing Requirements The following diagram and table summarize the SPI timing requirements. The SPI input and output levels are set via the SPIVCC pin, by connecting it to the desired supply. This would typically be tied to SW5 and programmed for 1.80 V. The strength of the MISO driver is programmable through the SPIDRV [1:0] bits. See Thermal Protection Thresholds for detailed SPI electrical characteristics. tCLKPER CS t DKHIGH t CLKLOW t SELSU tSELLOW t SELHLD CLK tWRTSU tWRTHLD MOSI t RDEN tRDSU tRDHLD tRDDIS MISO Figure 35. SPI Interface Timing Diagram Table 99. SPI Interface Timing Specifications(74) Parameter Description T min (ns) tSELSU Time CS has to be high before the first rising edge of CLK 15 tSELHLD Time CS has to remain high after the last falling edge of CLK 15 tSELLOW Time CS has to remain low between two transfers 15 tCLKPER Clock period of CLK 38 tCLKHIGH Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain high 15 tCLKLOW Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain low 15 tWRTSU Time MOSI has to be stable before the next rising edge of CLK 4.0 tWRTHLD Time MOSI has to remain stable after the rising edge of CLK 4.0 tRDSU Time MISO will be stable before the next rising edge of CLK 4.0 tRDHLD Time MISO will remain stable after the falling edge of CLK 4.0 tRDEN Time MISO needs to become active after the rising edge of CS 4.0 tRDDIS Time MISO needs to become inactive after the falling edge of CS 4.0 Notes 74. This table reflects a maximum SPI clock frequency of 26 MHz. MC34708 107 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.9.2 7.9.2.1 I2C Interface I2C Configuration When configured for I2C mode, the interface may be used to access the complete register map previously described for SPI access. Since SPI configuration is more typical, references within this document will generally refer to the common register set as a “SPI map” and bits as “SPI bits”; however, it should be understood that access reverts to I2C mode when configured as such. The SPI pins CLK and MISO are reused for the SCL and SDA lines respectively. Selection of I2C mode for the interface is configured by hard-wiring the CS pin to VCOREDIG on the application board. The state of CS is latched in during the initialization phase of a Cold Start sequence, so the I2CS bit is defined for bus configuration before the interface is activated. The pull-down on CS will be deactivated if the high state is detected (indicating I2C mode). In I2C mode, the MISO pin is connected to the bus as an open drain driver, and the logic level is set by an external pull-up. The part can function only as an I2C slave device, not as a host. 7.9.2.2 I2C Device ID I2C interface protocol requires a device ID for addressing the target IC on a multi-device bus. To allow flexibility in addressing for bus conflict avoidance, pin programmable selection is provided to allow configuration for the address LSB(s). This product supports 7-bit addressing only; support is not provided for 10-bit or general Call addressing. Because the MOSI pin is not utilized for I2C communication, it is reassigned for pin programmable address selection by hardwiring to VCOREDIG or GND at the board level when configured for I2C mode. MOSI will act as Bit 0 of the address. The I2C address assigned to FSL PM ICs (shared amongst our portfolio) is given as follows: 00010-A1-A0, the A1 and A0 bits are allowed to be configured for either 1 or 0. The A1 address bit is internally hardwired as a “0”, leaving the LSB A0 for board level configuration. The designated address then is defined as: 000100-A0. 7.9.2.3 I2C Operation The I2C mode of the interface is implemented generally following the Fast Mode definition which supports up to 400 kbits/s operation. (Exceptions to the standard are noted to be 7-bit only addressing, and no support for general Call addressing) Timing diagrams, electrical specifications, and further details on this bus standard, is available on the internet, by typing “I2C specification” in the web search string field. Standard I2C protocol utilizes bytes of 8 bits, with an acknowledge bit (ACK) required between each byte. However, the number of bytes per transfer is unrestricted. The register map is organized in 24 bit registers which corresponds to the 24 bit words supported by the SPI protocol of this product. To ensure that I2C operation mimics SPI transactions in behavior of a complete 24 bit word being written in one transaction, software is expected to perform write transactions to the device in 3-byte sequences, beginning with the MSB. Internally, data latching will be gated by the acknowledge at the completion of writing the third consecutive byte. Failure to complete a 3-byte write sequence will abort the I2C transaction and the register will retain its previous value. This could be due to a premature STOP command from the master, for example. I2C read operations are also performed in byte increments separated by an ACK. Read operations also begin with the MSB and 3-bytes will be sent out unless a STOP command or NACK is received prior to completion. The following examples show how to write and read data to the IC. The host initiates and terminates all communication. The host sends a master command packet after driving the start condition. The device will respond to the host if the master command packet contains the corresponding slave address. In the following examples, the device is shown always responding with an ACK to transmissions from the host. If at any time a NAK is received, the host should terminate the current transaction and retry the transaction. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 108 Functional Block Description Packet Type Device Address Register Address 7 Host SDA (to MISO) START 0 7 0 0 0 Continuation 0 R/W Slave SDA (from MISO) A C K Packet Type Host SDA (to MISO) Master Driven Data ( byte 2 ) 23 A C K Master Driven Data ( byte 1 ) 16 Host can also drive another Start instead of Stop Master Driven Data ( byte 0 ) 15 8 7 0 STOP A C K Slave SDA (from MISO) A C K A C K Figure 36. I2C 3-byte Write Example Packet Type Host SDA (to MISO) Device Address Register Address 23 START 16 15 0 0 Device Address 8 7 0 0 START R /W R /W Slave SDA (from MISO) A C K 16 Host can also drive another Start instead of Stop PMIC Driven Data AP Lite Driven ( byte 0) ( byte 1 ) A C K 23 A C K PMIC Driven Data AP Lite Driven Data Host SDA (to MISO) Slave SDA (from MISO) A C K PMIC AP Lite Driven Driven Data Data ( byte 2) Packet Type Continuation 1 A C K 15 8 NA CK 7 STOP 0 Figure 37. I2C 3-byte Read Example MC34708 109 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description SPI/I2C Specification 7.9.3 Table 100. SPI/I2C Electrical Characteristics Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, VBUS = 5.0 V, - 40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Unit Notes SPI Interface Logic IO VINCSLO Input Low CS 0.0 - 0.4 V VINCSHI Input High CS 1.1 - SPIVCC+0.3 V 0.0 - 0.3*SPIVCC V 0.7*SPIVCC - SPIVCC+0.3 V 0.0 - 0.2 SPIVCC-0.2 - SPIVCC V 1.75 - 3.6 V • SPIDRV [1:0] = 00 - 6.0 - • SPIDRV [1:0] = 01 (default) - 2.5 - • SPIDRV [1:0] = 10 - 3.0 - • SPIDRV [1:0] = 11 - 2.0 - VINMOSILO/ VINCLKLO Input Low, MOSI, CLK VINMOSIHI/ VINCLKHI Input High, MOSI, CLK VMISOLO/ VINTLO Output Low MISO, INT VMISOHI/ VINTHI Output High MISO, INT VCC-SPI SPIVCC Operating Range tMISOET MISO Rise and Fall Time, CL = 50 pF, SPIVCC = 1.8 V 7.10 V • Output sink 100 A • Output source 100 A ns Configuration Registers 7.10.1 Register Set structure The general structure of the register set is given in the following table. Expanded bit descriptions are included in the following functional sections for application guidance. For brevity’s sake, references are occasionally made herein to the register set as the “SPI map” or “SPI bits”, but note that bit access is also possible through the I2C interface option so such references are implied as generically applicable to the register set accessible by either interface. Table 101. Register Set Register Register Register Register 0 Interrupt Status 0 16 Memory A 32 Regulator Mode 0 48 ADC5 1 Interrupt Mask 0 17 Memory B 33 GPIOLV0 Control 49 ADC6 2 Interrupt Sense 0 18 Memory C 34 GPIOLV1 Control 50 ADC7 3 Interrupt Status 1 19 Memory C 35 GPIOLV2 Control 51 Input Monitoring 4 Interrupt Mask 1 20 RTC Time 36 GPIOLV3 Control 52 Supply Debounce 5 Interrupt Sense 1 21 RTC Alarm 37 USB Timing 53 VBUS monitoring 6 Power Up Mode Sense 22 RTC Day 38 USB Button 54 LED Control 7 Identification 23 RTC Day Alarm 39 USB Control 55 PWM Control 8 Regulator Fault Sense 24 Regulator 1 A/B Voltage 40 USB Device Type 56 Unused MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 110 Functional Block Description Table 101. Register Set Register Register Register Register 9 Reserved 25 Regulator 2 & 3 Voltage 41 Unused 57 Unused 10 Reserved 26 Regulator 4 A/B Voltage 42 Unused 58 Unused 11 Reserved 27 Regulator 5 Voltage 43 ADC 0 59 Unused 12 Unused 28 Regulator 1 & 2 Mode 44 ADC 1 60 Unused 13 Power Control 0 29 Regulator 3, 4 and 5 Mode 45 ADC 2 61 Unused 14 Power Control 1 30 Regulator Setting 0 46 ADC 3 62 Unused 15 Power Control 2 31 SWBST Control 47 ADC4 63 Unused 7.10.2 7.10.2.1 Specific Registers IC and Version Identification The IC and other version details can be read via the identification bits. These are hardwired on the chip and described in Table 102. Table 102. IC Revision Bit Assignment Identifier FULL_LAYER_REV[2:0] METAL_LAYER_REV[2:0] FIN[2:0] FAB[2:0] 7.10.2.2 Value Purpose XXX Represents the full layer revision • Pass 2.4 = 010 XXX Represents the metal layer revision • Pass 2.4 = 100 000 FIN version • Pass 2.4 = 000 000 FAB Version • Pass 2.4 = 000 Embedded Memory There are four register banks of general purpose embedded memory to store critical data. The data written to MEMA[23:0], MEMB[23:0], MEMC[23:0], and MEMD[23:0] is maintained by the coin cell when the main battery is deeply discharged, removed, or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut). The contents of the embedded memory are reset by RTCPORB. A known pattern can be maintained in these registers to validate confidence in the RTC contents when power is restored after a power cut event. Alternatively, the banks can be used for any system need for bit retention with coin cell backup. MC34708 111 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.10.3 SPI/I2C Register Map The complete SPI bitmap is given in Table 103. Table 103. SPI/I2C Register Map Legend Register Types Register Values Reset R/W Read / Write 0 = low Bits Loaded at Cold Start based on PUMS Value R/WM Read / Write Modify 1 = High Bits Reset by POR or Global Reset W1C Write One to Clear X = Variable RESETB / Bits Reset by POR or Global RO Read Only Bits Reset by RTCPORB or Global Reset NU Not Used Bits Reset by POR or OFFB Bits Reset by RTCPORB Only MUSBRST Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map Address Register Name Type MC34708 SPI Register Map Default 23 0 Interrupt Status 0 Table 105 W1C h00_00_00 22 STUCK_KEY_RCV STUCK_KEY 21 20 19 18 17 16 ADC_CHANGE UNKNOWN_ ATTA LKR LKP KP DETACH 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 ATTACH - LOWBATT - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - USBOVP - USBDET TSPENDET TSDONEI ADCDONEI 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 LKR_M LKP_M KP_M DETACH_M 11 10 9 8 STUCK_KEY_RCV_ ADC_CHANGE_ UNKNOWN_ STUCK_KEY_M M M ATTA_M 1 2 3 4 Interrupt Mask 0 Table 106 Interrupt Sense 0 Table 107 Interrupt Status 1 Table 108 Interrupt Mask 1 Table 109 R/W RO W1C R/W hFF_FF_FF h00_00_00 h00_00_00 h5F_77_FB 15 14 13 12 ATTACH_M - LOWBATTM - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - USBOVPM - USBDETM TSPENDETM TSDONEM ADCDONEM 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - MUSB_ADC_ STATUS ID_GNDS ID_FLOATS ID_DET_ENDS VBUS_DET_ ENDS - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - USBOVPS - USBDETS - - - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - GPIOLV3I GPIOLV2I GPIOLV1I GPIOLV0I SCPI 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 CLKI THERM130 THERM125 THERM120 THERM110 MEMHLDI WARMI PCI 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTCRSTI SYSRSTI WDIRESTI PWRON2I PWRON1I - TODAI 1HZI 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - GPIOLV3M GPIOLV2M GPIOLV1M GPIOLV0M SCPM 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 CLKM THERM130M THERM125M THERM120M THERM110M MEMHLDM WARMM PCM 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTCRSTM SYSRSTM WDIRESTM PWRON2M PWRON1M - TODAM 1HZM MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 112 Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 5 6 Interrupt Sense 1 Table 110 Power Up Mode Sense Table 111 RO RO hXX_XX_XX h00_00_XX 22 21 20 19 18 17 - - - GPIOLV3S GPIOLV2S GPIOLV1S GPIOLV0S - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 CLKS THERM130S THERM125S THERM120S THERM110S - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - PWRON2S PWRON1S - - - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - PUMS5S PUMS4S PUMS3S PUMS2S PUMS1S ICTESTS 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - 10 9 8 PAGE[4:0] 7 Identification Table 112 RW h00_00_08 15 14 13 12 - - - - 6 5 7 FIN[1:0] 8 Regulator Fault Sense Table 113 RW h00_XX_XX 16 11 FAB[2:0] 4 3 FIN[2] 2 1 FULL_LAYER_REV[2:0] 0 METAL_LAYER_REV[2:0] 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 REGSCPEN - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 - - - VGEN2FAULT VGEN1FAULT 10 9 8 VDACFAULT VUSB2FAULT VUSBFAULT 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SWBSTFAULT SW5FAULT SW4BFAULT SW4AFAULT SW3FAULT SW2FAULT RSVD SW1FAULT 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 0 9-11 Reserved NU 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - - - - - 20 19 18 17 16 hXX_XX_XX - 23 12 Unused NU h00_00_00 22 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - 12 11 10 9 8 COINCHEN 13 Power Control 0 15 R/W h00_00_40 Table 118 R/W 13 - - - - - - PCUTEXPB - 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DRM USEROFFSPI WARMEN PCCOUNTEN PCEN 20 19 18 17 16 - 14 VCOIN[2:0] 14 7 23 Power Control 1 21 CLK32KMCUEN USEROFFCLK 22 21 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 h00_00_00 PCMAXCNT[3:0] Table 119 7 6 PCCOUNT[3:0] 5 4 3 2 1 0 PCT[7:0] MC34708 113 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 22 21 STBYDLY[1:0] 15 Power Control 2 Table 120 15 R/W h40_03_00 PWRON2DBNC[1:0] 23 22 18 17 16 9 8 - - 13 12 11 10 WDIRESET - STANDBYINV 4 3 2 1 0 - PWRON2 RSTEN PWRON1RSTEN RESTARTEN 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 19 18 17 16 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 SPIDRV[1:0] 6 19 ON_STBY_LP 14 7 20 5 PWRON1BDBNC[1:0] 21 20 CLKDRV[1:0] - GLBRSTTMR[1:0] MEMA[23:16] 16 Memory A Table 121 15 R/W 14 13 12 h00_00_00 MEMA[15:8] 7 6 5 4 MEMA[7:0] 23 22 21 20 MEMB[23:16] 17 Memory B Table 122 15 R/W 14 13 12 h00_00_00 MEMB[15:8] 7 6 5 4 MEMB[7:0] 23 22 21 20 MEMC[23:16] 18 Memory C Table 123 15 R/W 14 13 12 h00_00_00 MEMC[15:8] 7 6 5 4 23 22 21 20 MEMC[7:0] MEMD[23:16] 19 Memory D Table 124 R/W 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 h00_00_00 MEMD[15:8] MEMD[7:0] 23 22 21 20 13 12 RTCCALMODE[1:0] 20 RTC Time Table 125 15 R/W RTCCAL[4:0] 14 h00_00_00 TOD[16] TOD[15:8] 7 6 5 4 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RTCDIS SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE TODA[16] 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 16 TOD[7:0] 21 RTC Alarm Table 126 R/W h01_FF_FF TODA[15:8] TODA[7:0] 22 RTC Day Table 127 R/W h00_00_00 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 1 0 7 DAY[14:8] 6 5 4 3 DAY[7:0] MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 114 Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 23 RTC Day Alarm R/W h00_7F_FF Table 128 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 - DAYA[14:8] DAYA[7:0] RSVD[5:0] 24 Regulator 1A/B Voltage R/WM hXX_XX_XX Table 129 15 14 13 12 11 6 5 22 4 21 - 3 20 19 15 14 13 12 11 5 4 22 21 20 15 14 19 13 12 18 17 16 10 9 5 4 3 8 SW4ASTBY[4:3] 2 1 0 16 SW4A[4:0] 21 20 19 18 17 - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 20 19 17 16 - SW5TBY[4:0] - - - 23 22 21 PLLX PLLEN 15 14 hEX_XX_8X 6 23 22 SW5UOMODE SW5MHMODE 15 14 SW5[4:0] SW2DVSSPEED[1:0] SW2MODE[1:0] hXX_XX_XX 6 23 18 SW2UOMODE SW2MHMODE 12 11 10 9 - - - - - - 5 4 3 2 1 0 19 18 SW1AUOMODE SW1AMHMODE 21 17 SW5MODE[3:0] 13 12 5 4 11 3 20 16 SW4BUOMODE SW4BMHMODE 10 9 SW4AUOMODE SW4AMHMODE 21 8 SW1AMODE[3:0] 20 8 SW4AMODE[3:2] 2 SW3UOMODE SW3MHMODE 22 SW2MODE[3:2] 13 SW4BMODE[3:0] SW4AMODE[1:0] R/WM h00_XX_XX 0 - 7 30 1 22 Table 134 Regulator Setting 0 Table 135 2 - SW1DVSSPEED[1:0] R/W 8 SW4AHI[1:0] 6 7 Regulator 3, 4, 5 Mode 9 23 Table 133 29 SW3[4] SW4B[4] 11 SW4B[3:0] 7 R/W 16 - SW4BSTBY[4:0] SW4ASTBY[2:0] 28 17 SW2[5:0] 7 Regulator 1, 2 Mode 18 10 3 SW4BHI[1:0] 27 0 SW2STBY[5:2] 6 23 Regulator 5 Voltage R/WM h00_XX_XX Table 132 1 SW3[3:0] SW2STBY[1:0] Regulator 4 Voltage R/WM hXX_XX_XX Table 131 2 SW3STBY[4:0] 7 26 8 SW1A[5:0] 23 Regulator 2&3 Voltage R/WM hXX_XX_XX Table 130 9 SW1ASTBY[5:2] SW1ASTBY[1:0] 25 10 RSVD[3:0] 7 16 RSVD[5:4] 1 0 SW3MODE[3:0] 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - 6 5 7 VGEN2[1:0] VUSB2[1:0] 4 VDAC[1:0] VPLL[1:0] 3 - 2 VGEN2[2] 1 0 VGEN1[2:0] MC34708 115 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 31 SWBST Control R/WM h00_00_XX Table 136 33 Regulator Mode 0 Table 137 GPIOLV0 Control R/WM h0X_XX_XX R/W h00_18_0A Table 138 34 35 36 GPIOLV1 Control Table 139 GPIOLV2 Control Table 140 GPIOLV3 Control R/W R/W R/W h00_18_0A h00_18_0A h00_18_0A Table 141 37 USB Timing Table 142 R/W 21 20 19 - - - - - - - 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SWBSTSTBYMODE[1:0] SPARE SWBSTMODE[1:0] 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - VUSB2MODE VUSB2STBY VUSB2EN VUSB2CONFIG VPLLSTBY 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 VPLLEN VGEN2MODE VGEN2STBY VGEN2EN 7 6 5 4 3 RSVD VDACMODE VDACSTBY VDACEN 23 22 21 - - - VGEN2CONFIG VREFDDREN - - 2 1 0 VUSBEN VUSBSEL VGEN1STBY VGEN1EN 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - SPARE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SRE1 SRE0 PUS1 PUS0 PUE DSE ODE PKE 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT1 INT0 DBNC1 DBNC0 HYS DOUT DIN DIR 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - SPARE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SRE1 SRE0 PUS1 PUS0 PUE DSE ODE PKE 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT1 INT0 DBNC1 DBNC0 HYS DOUT DIN DIR 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - SPARE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SRE1 SRE0 PUS1 PUS0 PUE DSE ODE PKE 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT1 INT0 DBNC1 DBNC0 HYS DOUT DIN DIR 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 SPARE - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SRE1 SRE0 PUS1 PUS0 PUE DSE ODE PKE 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT1 INT0 DBNC1 DBNC0 HYS DOUT DIN DIR 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READVALID - - - 15 14 13 12 11 9 8 4 3 hXX_XX_XX hXX_XX_XX SWBST[1:0] 23 TD[3:0] SWITCHING_WAIT[3:0] 23 R/C 16 14 6 5 22 10 Long_KEY_PRESS[3:0] KEY_PRESS[3:0] USB Button Table 143 17 - 7 38 18 15 SPARE 32 22 2 1 0 DEVICE_WAKE_UP[3:0] 21 20 19 18 17 16 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - UNKNOWN Error S12 S11 S10 S9 S8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 116 Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 22 READVALID 39 USB control Table 144 hXX_XX_XX 20 19 18 DM_SWITCHING[2:0] 15 R/W 21 14 VBUS_SWITCHING[ 0] 12 11 10 9 8 SW_HOLD - - VOTGEN CLK_RST 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ACTIVE RST TTY_SPKL RESET SWITCH_OPEN RAWDATA MANUAL_SW_B WAIT 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - UKN_DEVICE ID_FACTORY USB_ADC_ID_RESULTS[4:0] 40 41 to 42 43 USB Device Type Table 145 Unused ADC 0 Table 147 R NU R/W hXX_XX_XX h00_00_00 h00_00_00 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 UARTJIG2 UARTJIG1 USBJIG2 USBJIG1 AVCHRG A/V TTY PPD 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 USB OTG DEDICATED_ CHG USB CHG 5W CHG UART USB 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 SPARE SPARE SPARE TSPENDETEN SPARE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 TSHOLD TSCONT TSSTART TSEN SPARE SPARE DIETEMP_EN THERM 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ADHOLD ADCONT ADSTART ADEN 19 18 17 16 9 8 1 0 17 16 9 8 1 0 SPARE 23 ADSTOP[2:0] 22 21 20 ADC 1 Table 148 R/W 15 14 7 6 h00_00_00 13 12 11 10 5 4 3 2 ADDLY3[3:0] ADDLY2[3:0] 22 15 14 ADDLY1[3:0] 21 20 19 18 13 12 11 10 ADSEL5[3:0] 45 ADC 2 Table 149 R/W h00_00_00 ADSEL4[3:0] ADSEL3[3:0] 7 6 23 22 ADSEL2[3:0] 5 4 3 2 21 20 19 18 ADSEL1[3:0] ADSEL0[3:0] TSSEL7[1:0] 46 ADC 3 Table 150 15 R/W h00_00_00 TSSEL6[1:0] 14 13 TSSEL3[1:0] 7 ADSEL7[3:0] 5 17 TSSEL5[1:0] 12 11 TSSEL2[1:0] 6 16 TSDLY2[3:0] TSDLY1[3:0] 23 AUDIO_TYPE_2 AUDIO_TYPE_1 TSSTOP[2:0] TSDLY3[3:0] 44 16 VBUS_SWITCHIN G[1] DP_SWITCHING[2:0] 13 - 17 10 9 TSSEL1[1:0] 4 3 16 TSSEL4[1:0] 8 TSSEL0[1:0] 2 1 0 ADSEL6[3:0] MC34708 117 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 - - 9 8 5 4 3 2 1 - - 20 19 18 17 16 9 8 ADRESULT1[9:2] 47 ADC 4 Table 151 R/W h00_00_00 ADRESULT1[1:0] 7 6 23 22 11 10 ADRESULT0[9:6] ADRESULT0[5:0] 21 0 ADRESULT3[9:2] 48 ADC 5 Table 152 15 R/W h00_00_00 14 ADRESULT3[1:0] 7 6 13 12 - - 5 4 11 10 ADRESULT2[9:6] 3 2 ADRESULT2[5:0] 23 22 21 20 19 18 1 0 - - 17 16 9 8 ADRESULT5[9:2] 49 ADC 6 Table 153 15 R/W h00_00_00 14 ADRESULT5[1:0] 7 6 13 12 - - 5 4 11 10 ADRESULT4[9:6] 3 2 1 ADRESULT4[5:0] 23 22 21 20 19 18 0 - - 17 16 9 8 ADRESULT7[9:2] 50 ADC 7 Table 154 15 R/W h00_00_00 14 ADRESULT7[9:2] 7 6 13 12 - - 5 4 11 10 ADRESULT6[9:6] 3 2 ADRESULT6[5:0] 23 22 21 51 Input Monitoring Table 155 R/W 15 14 7 6 h01_31_7E R/W h00_03_FD 12 11 10 5 4 3 2 R/W hC0_36_1B CHREN - 19 18 21 20 - - - - 15 14 13 12 SUP_OVP_DB[1:0] 5 23 22 21 - - 15 14 4 3 20 19 - 9 8 1 5 9 8 - 2 1 18 17 0 16 - 12 11 10 4 3 2 9 8 1 0 - VBUSTH[2:0] 16 DIE_TEMP_DB[1:0] 10 13 0 17 VBATTDB[1:0] 6 16 CHRGLED OVRD VBUSDB[1:0] - 17 - 11 6 7 - - - VBUS monitoring Table 157 0 - - 13 LOWBATT[1:0] 22 7 53 18 - 23 52 19 - - Supply Debounce Table 156 20 - 1 - VBUSTL[2:0] MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 118 Functional Block Description Table 104. SPI/I2C Register Map 23 22 CHRGLEDGEN 54 LED Control Table 158 R/W h60_06_00 21 20 19 12 11 CHRGLEDG[1:0] 15 14 CHRGLEDGDC[0] CHRGLEDG RAMP 7 6 LEDGPER[1:0] 5 22 17 16 9 8 CHRGLEDGDC[5:1] 13 21 10 CHRGLEDREN 4 3 CHRGLEDR[1:0] 2 CHRGLEDR RAMP CHRGLEDRDC[4:0] 23 18 20 19 18 1 PWM Control Table 159 15 R/W h00_00_00 14 13 17 6 12 11 Unused NU h00_00_00 10 9 8 PWM1CLKDIV[5:2] 5 4 3 PWM1CLKDIV[1:0] 56 to 63 16 PWM2DUTY[5:4] PWM2DUTY[3:0] 7 0 CHRGLEDRPER[1:0] PWM2CLKDIV[5:0] 55 CHRGLEDRDC[5] 2 1 0 16 PWM1DUTY[5:0] 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 - - - - - - - - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - MC34708 119 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description 7.10.4 SPI Register’s Bit Description Table 105. Register 0, Interrupt Status 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADCDONEI 0 RW1C RESETB 0x0 ADC has finished requested conversions TSDONEI 1 RW1C RESETB 0x0 Touchscreen has finished requested conversions TSPENDET 2 RW1C RESETB 0x0 Touch screen pen detection USBDET 3 RW1C OFFB 0x0 USB detect Reserved 4 RW1C NONE 0x0 Reserved USBOVP 5 RW1C RESETB 0x0 USB over voltage protection Reserved 12:6 RW1C NONE 0x0 Reserved LOWBATT 13 RW1C RESETB 0x0 Low battery threshold warning Reserved 14 RW1C NONE 0x0 Reserved ATTACH 15 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: accessory attached DETACH 16 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: accessory detached KP 17 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: remote controller key is pressed LKP 18 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: remote controller long key is pressed LKR 19 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: remote controller long key is released UNKNOWN_ATTA 20 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: an unknown accessory is attached ADC_CHANGE 21 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: ADC Result has changed when the RAW DATA = 0 STUCK_KEY 22 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: Stuck key is detected STUCK_KEY_RCV 23 RW1C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: Stuck key is recovered Table 106. Interrupt Mask 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADCDONEM 0 R/W RESETB 0x1 ADCDONEI mask bit TSDONEM 1 R/W RESETB 0x1 TSDONEI mask bit TSPENDETM 2 R/W RESETB 0x1 Touch screen pen detect mask bit USBDETM 3 R/W OFFB 0x1 USBDET mask bit Reserved 4 R/W NONE 0x0 Reserved USBOVPM 5 R/W RESETB 0x0 USB over voltage protection Reserved 12:6 R/W NONE 0x0 Reserved LOWBATTM 13 R/W RESETB 0x1 LOBATLI mask bit Reserved 14 RW1C NONE 0x0 Reserved ATTACH_M 15 R/W RESETB 0x1 DETACH mask bit DETACH_M 16 R/W RESETB 0x1 KP mask bit KP_M 17 R/W RESETB 0x1 LKP mask bit LKP_M 18 R/W RESETB 0x1 LKR mask bit LKR_M 19 R/W RESETB 0x1 DETACH mask bit UKNOWN_ATTA_M 20 R/W RESETB 0x1 UNKNOWN_ATTA mask bit MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 120 Functional Block Description Table 106. Interrupt Mask 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADC_CHANGE_M 21 R/W RESETB 0x1 VBUS power supply type identification completed mask STUCK_KEY_M 22 R/W RESETB 0x1 ID resistance detection finished mask STUCK_KEY_RCV_M 23 R/W RESETB 0x1 For future use Table 107. Register 2, Interrupt Sense 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Unused 2-0 R USBDETS 3 R NONE S Reserved 4 R NONE 0x0 USBOVPS 5 R NONE S Reserved 6 R NONE 0x0 Reserved Unused 7 R NONE 0x0 Not available Reserved 9:8 R NONE 0x0 Reserved Unused 16-10 R 0x0 Not available VBUS_DET_ENDS 17 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 VBUS power supply type identification completed sense bit ID_DET_ENDS 18 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 ID resistance detection finished sense bit ID_FLOATS 19 R NONE S ID_GNDS 20 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 MUSB_ADC_STATUS 21 R NONE X Unused 23-22 R 0x0 0x0 Description Not available USBDET sense bit Reserved USBOVP sense bit ID float sense bit ID ground sense bit 0: no 1: yes Mini USB ADC conversion status 1: ADC conversion completed 0: ADC conversion in progress Not available Table 108. Register 3, Interrupt Status 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description 1HZI 0 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 1.0 Hz time tick TODAI 1 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 Time of day alarm Unused 2 R 0x0 Not available PWRON1I 3 RW1C OFFB 0x0 PWRON1 event PWRON2I 4 RW1C OFFB 0x0 PWRON2 event WDIRESETI 5 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 WDI system reset event SYSRSTI 6 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 PWRON system reset event RTCRSTI 7 RW1C RTCPORB 0x1 RTC reset event PCI 8 RW1C OFFB 0x0 Power cut event WARMI 9 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 Warm start event MEMHLDI 10 RW1C RTCPORB 0x0 Memory hold event THERM110 11 RW1C RESETB 0x0 110 °C thermal threshold MC34708 121 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 108. Register 3, Interrupt Status 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description THERM120 12 RW1C RESETB 0x0 120 °C thermal threshold THERM125 13 RW1C RESETB 0x0 125 °C thermal threshold THERM130 14 RW1C RESETB 0x0 130 °C thermal threshold CLKI 15 RW1C RESETB 0x0 Clock source change SCPI 16 RW1C RESETB 0x0 Short-circuit protection trip detection GPIOLV1I 17 RW1C RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV1 interrupt GPIOLV2I 18 RW1C RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV2 interrupt GPIOLV3I 19 RW1C RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV3 interrupt GPIOLV4I 20 RW1C RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV4 interrupt Unused 21 R 0x0 Not available Reserved 22 R NONE 0x0 Reserved Unused 23 R RESETB 0x0 Not available Table 109. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description 1HZM 0 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 1HZI mask bit TODAM 1 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 TODAI mask bit Unused 2 R 0x1 Not available PWRON1M 3 R/W OFFB 0x1 PWRON1 mask bit PWRON2M 4 R/W OFFB 0x1 PWRON2 mask bit WDIRESETM 5 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 WDIRESETI mask bit SYSRSTM 6 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 SYSRSTI mask bit RTCRSTM 7 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 RTCRSTI mask bit PCM 8 R/W OFFB 0x1 PCI mask bit WARMM 9 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 WARMI mask bit MEMHLDM 10 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 MEMHLDI mask bit THERM110M 11 R/W RESETB 0x1 THERM110 mask bit THERM120M 12 R/W RESETB 0x1 THERM120 mask bit THERM125M 13 R/W RESETB 0x1 THERM125 mask bit THERM130M 14 R/W RESETB 0x1 THERM130 mask bit CLKM 15 R/W RESETB 0x1 CLKI mask bit SCPM 16 R/W RESETB 0x1 Short-circuit protection trip mask bit GPIOLV1M 17 R/W RESETB 0x1 GPIOLV1 interrupt mask bit GPIOLV2M 18 R/W RESETB 0x1 GPIOLV2 interrupt mask bit GPIOLV3M 19 R/W RESETB 0x1 GPIOLV3 interrupt mask bit GPIOLV4M 20 R/W RESETB 0x1 GPIOLV4 interrupt mask bit Unused 21 R 0x0 Not available MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 122 Functional Block Description Table 109. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description Reserved 22 R NONE 0x0 Reserved Unused 23 R 0x1 Not available Table 110. Register 5, Interrupt Sense 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Unused 2-0 R PWRON1S 3 R NONE S PWRON1I sense bit PWRON2S 4 R NONE S PWRON2I sense bit Unused 10-5 R THERM110S 11 R NONE S THERM110 sense bit THERM120S 12 R NONE S THERM120 sense bit THERM125S 13 R NONE S THERM125 sense bit THERM130S 14 R NONE S THERM130 sense bit CLKS 15 R NONE 0x0 CLKI sense bit Unused 21-16 R 0x00 Not available Reserved 22 R NONE 0x0 Reserved Unused 23 R NONE 0x0 Not available 0x0 0x0 Description Not available Not available Table 111. Register 6, Power Up Mode Sense 75. Default Name Bit # R/W Reset ICTESTS 0 R NONE S ICTEST sense state PUMS1S 1 R NONE L PUMS1 state PUMS2S 2 R NONE L PUMS2 state PUMS3S 3 R NONE L PUMS3 state PUMS4S 4 R NONE L PUMS4 state PUMS5S 5 R NONE L PUMS5 state Unused 8-6 R 0x0 Not available Reserved 9 R 0x0 Reserved Unused 23-10 R NONE Description (75) 0x0000 Not available L = Loaded PUMSx level at startup. Table 112. Register 7, Identification Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description METAL_LAYER_REV[2:0] 2-0 R NONE X Metal Layer version Pass 2.4 =100 FULL_LAYER_REV[2:0] 5-3 R NONE X Full Layer version Pass 2.4 = 010 FIN[2:0] 8-6 R NONE X FIN version Pass 2.4 = 000 MC34708 123 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 112. Register 7, Identification Name Bit # R/W Reset Default FAB[2:0] 11-9 R NONE X Unused 18-12 R PAGE[4:0] 23-19 R/W DIGRESETB Description FAB version Pass 2.4 = 000 0x0 Not available 0x0 SPI Page Table 113. Register 8, Regulator Fault Sense Name Bit # R/W Reset Default SW1FAULT 0 R NONE S Reserved 1 R NONE 0x0 SW2FAULT 2 R NONE S SW2 fault detection SW3FAULT 3 R NONE S SW3 fault detection SW4AFAULT 4 R NONE S SW4A fault detection SW4BFAULT 5 R NONE S SW4B fault detection SW5FAULT 6 R NONE S SW5 fault detection SWBSTFAULT 7 R NONE S SWBST fault detection VUSBFAULT 8 R NONE S VUSB fault detection VUSB2FAULT 9 R NONE S VUSB2 fault detection VDACFAULT 10 R NONE S VDAC fault detection VGEN1FAULT 11 R NONE S VGEN1 fault detection VGEN2FAULT 12 R NONE S VGEN2 fault detection Unused 22-13 R REGSCPEN 23 R/W RESETB Description SW1 fault detection Reserved 0x00 Not available 0x0 Regulator short-circuit protect enable Table 114. Register 9, Reserved Name Bit # R/W Reset Reserved 1-23 R NONE Default Description 0x000020 Reserved Table 115. Register 10, Reserved Name Bit # R/W Reset Reserved 1-23 R NONE Default Description 0x00013A Reserved Table 116. Register 11, Reserved Name Bit # R/W Reset Reserved 1-23 R NONE Default Description 0x000000 Reserved Table 117. Register 12, Unused Name Bit # R/W Unused 23-0 R Reset Default Description 0x000000 Not available MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 124 Functional Block Description Table 118. Register 13, Power Control 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default PCEN 0 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Power cut enable PCCOUNTEN 1 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Power cut counter enable WARMEN 2 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Warm start enable USEROFFSPI 3 R/W RESETB 0x0 SPI command for entering user off modes DRM 4 R/W RTCPORB (76) 0x0 Keeps VSRTC and CLK32KMCU on for all states USEROFFCLK 5 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Keeps the CLK32KMCU active during user off CLK32KMCUEN 6 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 Enables the CLK32KMCU Unused 8-7 R 0x00 Not available PCUTEXPB 9 R/W 0x0 PCUTEXPB=1 at a startup event indicates the PCUT timer did not expire (assuming it was set to 1 after booting) Unused 18-10 R Reserved 19 R NONE 0x0 Reserved VCOIN[2:0] 22-20 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Coin cell charger voltage setting COINCHEN 23 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Coin cell charger enable RTCPORB 0x000 Description Not available Notes: 76. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset) Table 119. Register 14, Power Control 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description PCT[7:0] 7-0 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Power cut timer PCCOUNT[3:0] 11-8 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Power cut counter PCMAXCNT[3:0] 15-12 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Maximum allowed number of power cuts Unused 23-16 R 0x00 Not available Table 120. Register 15, Power Control 2 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description RESTARTEN 0 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Enables automatic restart after a system reset PWRON1RSTEN 1 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Enables system reset on PWRON1 pin PWRON2RSTEN 2 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Enables system reset on PWRON2 pin Unused 3 R 0x0 Not available PWRON1DBNC[1:0] 5-4 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Sets debounce time on PWRON1 pin PWRON2DBNC[1:0] 7-6 R/W RTCPORB 0x00 Sets debounce time on PWRON2 pin GLBRSTTMR[1:0] 9-8 R/W RTCPORB 0x01 Sets Global reset time STANDBYINV 10 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 If set then STANDBY is interpreted as active low Unused 11 R 0x0 Not available WDIRESET 12 R/W RESETB 0x0 Enables system reset through WDI SPIDRV[1:0] 14-13 R/W RTCPORB 0x01 SPI drive strength Unused 16-15 R 0x00 Not available MC34708 125 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 120. Register 15, Power Control 2 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description CLK32KDRV[1:0] 18-17 R/W RTCPORB 0x01 CLK32K and CLK32KMCU drive strength (master control bits) Unused 20-19 R 0x00 Not available ON_STBY_LP 21 R/W RESETB 0x0 On Standby Low Power Mode 0 = Low power mode disabled 1 =Low power mode enabled STBYDLY[1:0] 23-22 R/W RESETB 0x01 Standby delay control Table 121. Register 16, Memory A Name Bit # R/W Reset Default MEMA[23:0] 23-0 R/W RTCPORB Description 0x000000 Backup memory A Table 122. Register 17, Memory B Name Bit # R/W Reset Default MEMB[23:0] 23:0 R/W RTCPORB Description 0x000000 Backup memory B Table 123. Register 18, Memory C Name Bit # R/W Reset Default MEMC[23:0] 23-0 R/W RTCPORB Description 0x000000 Backup memory C Table 124. Register 19, Memory D Name Bit # R/W Reset Default MEMD[23:0] 23-0 R/W RTCPORB Description 0x000000 Backup memory D Table 125. Register 20, RTC Time Name TOD[16:0] RTCCAL[4:0] RTCCALMODE[1:0] Bit # 16-0 21-17 23-22 R/W R/W R/W R/W Reset Default Description RTCPORB (77) RTCPORB (77) 0x00 RTC calibration count RTCPORB (77) 0x0 RTC calibration mode 0x00000 Time of day counter Notes 77. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset) Table 126. Register 21, RTC Alarm Name Bit # R/W TODA[16:0] 16-0 R/W Unused 22-17 R RTCDIS 23 R/W Reset Default Description RTCPORB (78) 0x1FFFF Time of day alarm RTCPORB (78) 0x00 Not available 0x0 Disable RTC Notes 78. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset) MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 126 Functional Block Description Table 127. Register 22, RTC Day Name Bit # R/W DAY[14:0] 14-0 R/W Unused 23-15 R Reset Default Description RTCPORB (79) 0x0000 Day counter 0x000 Not available Notes 79. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset) Table 128. Register 23, RTC Day Alarm Name Bit # R/W DAYA[14:0] 14-0 R/W Unused 23-15 R Reset Default Description RTCPORB (80) 0x7FFF Day alarm 0x000 Not available Notes 80. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset) Table 129. Register 24, Regulator 1A/B Voltage Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SW1A[5:0] 5-0 R/WM NONE * SW1 setting in normal mode SW1ASTBY[5:0] 11-6 R/WM NONE * SW1 setting in Standby mode Reserved 23-12 R NONE * Not available Table 130. Register 25, Regulator 2 & 3 Voltage Name Bit # R/W Reset Default SW2[5:0] 5-0 R/WM NONE * SW2 setting in normal mode SW2STBY[5:0] 11-6 R/WM NONE * SW2 setting in Standby mode 16-12 R/WM NONE * SW3 setting in normal mode SW3[4:0] Unused SW3STBY[4:0] Unused 17 R 0x0 22-18 R/WM 23 NONE R * 0x0 Description Not available SW3 setting in standby mode Not available Table 131. Register 26, Regulator 4A/B Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SW4A[0:4] 4-0 R/WM NONE * SW4A setting in normal mode SW4ASTBY[4:0] 9-5 R/WM NONE * SW4A setting in Standby mode SW4AHI[1:0] 11-10 R/WM NONE * SW4A high setting SW4B[4:0] 16-12 R/WM NONE * SW4B setting in normal mode SW4BSTBY[4:0] 21-17 R/WM RESETB * SW4B setting in Standby mode SW4BHI[1:0] 23-22 R/WM RESETB * SW4B high setting MC34708 127 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 132. Register 27, Regulator 5 Voltage Name Bit # R/W Reset Default SW5[4:0] 4-0 R/WM NONE * SW4 setting in normal mode Unused 9-5 R * Not available * SW5 setting in Standby mode SW5STBY[4:0] Unused 14-10 R/WM 23-15 NONE R 0x000 Description Not available Table 133. Register 28, Regulators 1 & 2 Operating Mode Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SW1AMODE[3:0] 3-0 R/W RESETB 0xA SW1A operating mode SW1AMHMODE 4 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW1A Memory Hold mode SW1AUOMODE 5 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW1A User Off mode SW1DVSSPEED[1:0] 7-6 R/W RESETB 0x1 SW1 DVS1 speed Unused 13-8 R 0x00 Not available SW2MODE[3:0](81) 17-14 R/W RESETB 0xA SW2 operating mode SW2MHMODE 18 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW2 Memory Hold mode SW2UOMODE 19 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW2 User Off mode SW2DVSSPEED[1:0] 21-20 R/W RESETB 0x01 SW2 DVS1 speed PLLEN 22 R/W RESETB 0x1 PLL enable PLLX 23 R/W RESETB 0x0 PLL multiplication factor Notes 81. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the startup sequencer, based on PUMS settings. An enabled switch will default to APS mode for both Normal and Standby operation. Table 134. Register 29, Regulators 3, 4, and 5 Operating Mode Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SW3MODE[3:0] 3-0 R/W RESETB 0xA SW3 operating mode SW3MHMODE 4 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW3 Memory Hold mode SW3UOMODE 5 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW3 User Off mode SW4AMODE[3:0] 9-6 R/W RESETB 0xA SW4A operating mode SW4AMHMODE 10 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW4A Memory Hold mode SW4AUOMODE 11 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW4A User Off mode SW4BMODE[3:0] 15-12 R/W RESETB 0xA SW4B operating mode SW4BMHMODE 16 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW4B Memory Hold mode SW4BUOMODE 17 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW4B User Off mode SW5MODE[3:0](82) 21-18 R/W RESETB 0xA SW5 operating mode SW5MHMODE 22 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW5 Memory Hold mode SW5UOMODE 23 R/W OFFB 0x0 SW5 User Off mode Notes 82. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the startup sequencer, based on PUMS settings. An enabled regulator will default to APS mode for both Normal and Standby operation. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 128 Functional Block Description Table 135. Register 30, Regulator Setting 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default VGEN1[2:0] 2-0 R/WM RESETB * Unused 3 R VDAC[1:0] 5-4 R/WM VGEN2[2:0] 8-6 VPLL[1:0] 10-9 VUSB2[1:0] Unused Description VGEN1 setting 0x0 Not available RESETB * VDAC setting R/WM RESETB * VGEN2 setting R/WM RESETB * VPLL setting 12-11 R/WM RESETB * VUSB2 setting 23-13 R 0x000 Not available Table 136. Register 31, SWBST Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SWBST[1:0] 1-0 R/W NONE * SWBST setting SWBSTMODE[1:0] 3-2 R/W RESETB 0x2 SWBST mode Spare 4 R/W RESETB 0x0 Not available SWBSTSTBYMODE[1:0] 6-5 R/W RESETB 0x2 SWBST standby mode Spare 7 R/W RESETB 0x0 Not available Unused 23-8 R 0x0000 Not available Table 137. Register 32, Regulator Mode 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description VGEN1EN 0 R/W NONE * VGEN1STBY 1 R/W RESETB 0x0 VUSBSEL 2 R/W NONE * VUSBEN 3 R/W RESETB 0x1 VDACEN 4 R/W NONE * VDACSTBY 5 R/W RESETB 0x0 VDAC controlled by standby VDACMODE 6 R/W RESETB 0x0 VDAC operating mode Unused 9-7 R 0x0 Not available VREFDDREN 10 R/W NONE * VREFDDR enable VGEN2CONFIG 11 R/W NONE * PUMS5 Tied to ground = 0: VGEN2 with external PNP PUMS5 Tied to VCROREDIG =1:VGEN2 internal PMOS VGEN2EN 12 R/W NONE * VGEN2 enable VGEN2STBY 13 R/W RESETB 0x0 VGEN2 controlled by standby VGEN2MODE 14 R/W RESETB 0x0 VGEN2 operating mode VPLLEN 15 R/W NONE * VPLLSTBY 16 R/W RESETB 0x0 VUSB2CONFIG 17 R/W NONE * PUMS5 Tied to ground = 0: VUSB2 with external PNP PUMS5 Tied to VCROREDIG =1:VUSB2 internal PMOS VUSB2EN 18 R/W NONE * VUSB2 enable VGEN1 enable VGEN1 controlled by standby Slave or Host configuration for VBUS VUSB enable (PUMS4:1=[0100]). Also reset to 1 by invalid VBUS VDAC enable VPLL enable VPLL controlled by standby MC34708 129 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 137. Register 32, Regulator Mode 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description VUSB2STBY 19 R/W RESETB 0x0 VUSB2 controlled by standby VUSB2MODE 20 R/W RESETB 0x0 VUSB2 operating mode Unused 23-21 R 0x0 Not available Table 138. Register 33, GPIOLV0 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description DIR 0 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV0 direction 0: Input 1: Output DIN 1 R/W RESETB 0x0 Input state of GPIOLV0 pin 0: Input low 1: Input High DOUT 2 R/W RESETB 0x0 Output state of GPIOLV0 pin 0: Output Low 1: Output High HYS 3 R/W RESETB 0x1 Hysteresis 0: CMOS in 1: Hysteresis DBNC[1:0] 5-4 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV0 input debounce time 00: no debounce 01: 10 ms debounce 10: 20 ms debounce 11: 30 mS debounce INT[1:0] 7-6 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV0 interrupt control 00: None 01: Falling edge 10: Rising edge 11: Both edges PKE 8 R/W RESETB 0x0 Pad keep enable 0: Off 1: On ODE 9 R/W RESETB 0x0 Open drain enable 0: CMOS 1: OD DSE 10 R/W RESETB 0x0 Drive strength enable 0: 4.0 mA 1: 8.0 mA PUE 11 R/W RESETB 0x1 Pull-up/down enable 0: pull-up/down off 1: pull-up/down on (default) PUS[1:0] 13-12 R/W RESETB 0x3 Pull-up/Pull-down select 00: 10 K pull-down 01: 100 K pull-down 10: 10 K pull-up 11: 100 K pull-up MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 130 Functional Block Description Table 138. Register 33, GPIOLV0 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SRE[1:0] 15-14 R/W RESETB 0x0 Slew rate enable 00: slow (default) 01: normal 10: fast 11: very fast Unused 23-16 R 0x00 Not available Table 139. Register 34, GPIOLV1 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description DIR 0 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV1directon 0: Input 1: Output DIN 1 R/W RESETB 0x0 Input state of GPIOLV1 pin 0: Input low 1: Input High DOUT 2 R/W RESETB 0x0 Output state of GPIOLV1 pin 0: Output Low 1: Output High HYS 3 R/W RESETB 0x1 Hysteresis 0: CMOS in 1: Hysteresis DBNC[1:0] 5-4 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV1 input debounce time 00: no debounce 01: 10 ms debounce 10: 20 ms debounce 11: 30 mS debounce INT[1:0] 7-6 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV1 interrupt control 00: None 01: Falling edge 10: Rising edge 11: Both edges PKE 8 R/W RESETB 0x0 Pad keep enable 0: Off 1: On ODE 9 R/W RESETB 0x0 Open drain enable 0: CMOS 1: OD DSE 10 R/W RESETB 0x0 Drive strength enable 0: 4.0 mA 1: 8.0 mA PUE 11 R/W RESETB 0x1 Pull-up/down enable 0: pull-up/down off 1: pull-up/down on (default) PUS[1:0] 13:12 R/W RESETB 0x3 Pull-up/Pull-down select 00: 10 K pull-down 01: 100 K pull-down 10: 10 K pull-up 11: 100 K pull-up MC34708 131 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 139. Register 34, GPIOLV1 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SRE[1:0] 15-14 R/W RESETB 0x0 Slew rate enable 00: slow (default) 01: normal 10: fast 11: very fast Unused 23-16 R 0x00 Not available Table 140. Register 35, GPIOLV2 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description DIR 0 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV2 direction 0: Input 1: Output DIN 1 R/W RESETB 0x0 Input state of GPIOLV2 pin 0: Input low 1: Input High DOUT 2 R/W RESETB 0x0 Output state of GPIOLV2 pin 0: Output Low 1: Output High HYS 3 R/W RESETB 0x1 Hysteresis 0: CMOS in 1: Hysteresis DBNC[1:0] 5-4 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV2 input debounce time 00: no debounce 01: 10 ms debounce 10: 20 ms debounce 11: 30 mS debounce INT[1:0] 7-6 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV2 interrupt control 00: None 01: Falling edge 10: Rising edge 11: Both edges PKE 8 R/W RESETB 0x0 Pad keep enable 0: Off 1: On ODE 9 R/W RESETB 0x0 Open drain enable 0: CMOS 1: OD DSE 10 R/W RESETB 0x0 Drive strength enable 0: 4.0 mA 1: 8.0 mA PUE 11 R/W RESETB 0x1 Pull-up/down enable 0: pull-up/down off 1: pull-up/down on (default) PUS[1:0] 13-12 R/W RESETB 0x3 Pull-up/Pull-down select 00: 10 K pull-down 01: 100 K pull-down 10: 10 K pull-up 11: 100 K pull-up MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 132 Functional Block Description Table 140. Register 35, GPIOLV2 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SRE[1:0] 15-14 R/W RESETB 0x0 Slew rate enable 00: slow (default) 01: normal 10: fast 11: very fast Unused 23-16 R 0x00 Not available Table 141. Register 36, GPIOLV3 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description DIR 0 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV3 direction 0: Input 1: Output DIN 1 R/W RESETB 0x0 Input state of GPIOLV3 pin 0: Input low 1: Input High DOUT 2 R/W RESETB 0x0 Output state of GPIOLV3 pin 0: Output Low 1: Output High HYS 3 R/W RESETB 0x1 Hysteresis 0: CMOS in 1: Hysteresis DBNC[1:0] 5-4 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV3 input debounce time 00: no debounce 01: 10 ms debounce 10: 20 ms debounce 11: 30 mS debounce INT[1:0] 7-6 R/W RESETB 0x0 GPIOLV3 interrupt control 00: None 01: Falling edge 10: Rising edge 11: Both edges PKE 8 R/W RESETB 0x0 Pad keep enable 0: Off 1: On ODE 9 R/W RESETB 0x0 Open drain enable 0: CMOS 1: OD DSE 10 R/W RESETB 0x0 Drive strength enable 0: 4.0 mA 1: 8.0 mA PUE 11 R/W RESETB 0x1 Pull-up/down enable 0: pull-up/down off 1: pull-up/down on (default) PUS[1:0] 13-12 R/W RESETB 0x3 Pull-up/Pull-down select 00: 10 K pull-down 01: 100 K pull-down 10: 10 K pull-up 11: 100 K pull-up MC34708 133 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 141. Register 36, GPIOLV3 Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SRE[1:0] 15-14 R/W RESETB 0x0 Slew rate enable 00: slow (default) 01: normal 10: fast 11: very fast Unused 23-16 R 0x00 Not available Table 142. Register 37, USB timing Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description DEVICE_WAKE_UP[3:0] 3-0 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 The periodical sampling time of the ID line in the Power-Save mode and Standby mode; the periodical time of ADC conversion of the resistance at ID pin when RAW DATA = 0. 0000: 50 ms 0001: 100 ms 0010: 150 ms 0011: 200 ms 0100: 300 ms KEYPRESS[3:0] 7-4 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 Normal key press duration 0000: 100 ms 0001: 200 ms 0010: 300 ms ... LONG_KEYPRESS[3:0] 11-8 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 Long key press duration 0000: 300 ms 0001: 400 ms 0010: 500 ms ... SWITCHING_WAIT 15-12 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 Waiting time before switching the analog or digital switches: 0000: 10 ms 0001: 30 ms 0010: 50 ms ... TD 19-16 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 Time delay to start the powered accessory identification flow after detecting the bus voltage 0000: 100 ms 0001: 200 ms 0010: 300 ms 0011: 400 ms 0100: 500 ms ... 1111:1600 ms The time for no activity in the switches before entering the Power Save mode automatically for Audio Type 1 or TTY device 0000: 1 s 0001: 2 s ... 1001:10s ... 1111:16 s MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 134 Functional Block Description Table 142. Register 37, USB timing Name Bit # R/W Unused 22-20 R READVALID 23 R Reset Default Description 0x0 Not available MUSBRSTB 0x0 Read data valid 0: Data not valid 1: Data valid Table 143. Register 38, USB Button Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Send_End 0 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: the Send_End button is pressed S1 1 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 1 is pressed S2 2 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 2 is pressed S3 3 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 3 is pressed S4 4 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 4 is pressed S5 5 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 5 is pressed S6 6 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 6 is pressed S7 7 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 7 is pressed S8 8 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 8 is pressed S9 9 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 9 is pressed S10 10 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 10 is pressed S11 11 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 11 is pressed S12 12 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button 12 is pressed ERROR 13 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: button error occurred UNKNOWN 14 R/C MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: an unknown button is pressed Unused 23-15 R 0x000 Description Not available Table 144. Register 39, USB Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description Wait 0 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x1 Wait or not to wait for the command from the baseband before turning on the analog or digital switches for attached accessory 0: Wait until this bit is changed to 1. Turn on the switches immediately when this bit is changed to 1. 1: Wait for only the time programmed by the Switching Wait bits in Timing Set 2 register before turning on the switches. Manual S/W 1 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x1 Manual or automatic switching of the switches 0: manual: the switches are controlled by the Manual S/W registers. 1: auto: the switches are controlled by the Device Type registers RAWDATA 2 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x1 Interrupt behavior selection 0: Enable the ADC conversion periodically and report the ADC Result changes on ID pin to the host. 1: Enable the key press monitor circuit to detect the ID pin status changes and report the key press events to the host. MC34708 135 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 144. Register 39, USB Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description SWITCH_OPEN 3 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x1 Switch connection selection 0: Open all switches 1: Switch selection according to the Manual S/W bit. RESET 4 RWM MUSBRSTB 0x0 Soft reset. When written to 1, the IC is reset. Once the reset is complete, the RST bit is set and the RESET bit is cleared automatically. 1: to soft-reset the IC TTY_SPKL 5 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 SPK_L to DM switch control 0: Turn off the SPK_L to DM switch 1: Turn on the SPK_L to DM switch for TTY RST 6 R/C MUSBRSTB X This bit indicates if a chip reset has occurred. This bit will be cleared once being read. 0: no. 1: Yes. ACTIVE 7 R/W MUSBRSTB X Indicate either the device is in Active mode 0: Standby 1: Active CLK_RST 8 R/C MUSBRST 0x1 Not available VOTGEN 9 R/W RESETB 0x0 Enables the OTG switch and the GOTG switch Unused 10 R 0x0 Not available Reserved 11 R NONE 0x0 Reserved SWHOLD 12 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x1 Switch Hold 0: Run state machine and allow detection of accessory 1: Holds off state machine until baseband comes up Reserved 14-13 R NONE 0x0 Reserved VBUS SWITCHING[1:0] 16-15 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 VBUS line switching configuration when Manual S/W = 0 00: open all switches MOTG, M0 01: N/A 10: VBUS connects to MIC. M0, MOTG. Others: open all switches connected to the VBUS line DP SWITCHING[2:0] 19-17 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 DP line switching configuration when Manual S/W = 0 000: open all switches 001: DP connected to D+, DM connected to D010: DP connected to SPK_R, DM connected to SPK_L 011: DP connected to RxD, DM connected to TxD Others: open all switches connected to the DP pin and DM pin DM SWITCHING[2:0] 22-20 R/W MUSBRSTB 0x0 DM line switching configuration when Manual S/W = 0 000: open all switches 001: DP connected to D+, DM connected to D010: DP connected to SPK_R, DM connected to SPK_L 011: DP connected to RxD, DM connected to TxD Others: open all switches connected to the DP pin and DM pin READVALID 23 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 Read data valid 0: Data not valid 1: Data valid MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 136 Functional Block Description Table 145. Register 40, USB Device Type Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Audio Type 1 0 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: An audio type 1 accessory is attached Audio Type 2 1 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: An audio type 2 accessory is attached USB 2 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A USB host is attached UART 3 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A UART cable is attached 5W CHG 4 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A 5-wire charger (type 1 or 2) is attached USB CHG 5 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A USB charger is attached DEDICATED CHG 6 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A dedicated charger is attached USB OTG 7 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A USB OTG accessory is attached PPD 8 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A phone powered device is attached TTY 9 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A TTY converter is attached A/V 10 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: An audio/video cable is attached AVCHRG 11 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: An audio/video charger is attached USBJIG1 12 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A USB jig cable 1 is attached USBJIG2 13 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A USB jig cable 2is attached UARTJIG1 14 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A UART jig cable 1is attached UARTJIG2 15 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A UART jig cable 2 is attached ID_FACTORY 16 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: A factory cable is attached UNK_DEVICE 17 R MUSBRSTB 0x0 1: Device not recognized Unused 18 R 0x0 Not available ADCIDRESULT[4:0] 23-19 R 0x00 ADC result value of the resistance at ID pin MUSBRSTB Description Table 146. Register 41 and 42, Unused Name Bit # R/W Unused 0-23 R Reset Default Description 0x000000 Not available Table 147. Register 43, ADC 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADEN 0 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Enables ADC from the low power mode ADSTART 1 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Request a start of the ADC Reading Sequencer ADCONT 2 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Run ADC reads continuously when high or one time when low. Note that the TSSTART request will have higher priority ADHOLD 3 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Hold the ADC reading Sequencer while saved ADC results are read from SPI ADSTOP[2:0] 6-4 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to stop when complete. Always start at 000 and read up to and including this channel value. Spare 7 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Not available THERM 8 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 0 = Disable manual LED control. 1= Enable manual LED control Spare 11-9 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Not available MC34708 137 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 147. Register 43, ADC 0 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description TSEN 12 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Enable the Touch screen from low power mode. TSSTART 13 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Request a start of the ADC Reading Sequencer for Touch screen readings. TSCONT 14 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Run ADC reads of Touch screen continuously when high or one time when low. TSHOLD 15 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Hold the ADC reading Sequencer while saved Touch screen results are read from SPI TSSTOP[2:0] 18-16 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Just like the ADSTOP above, but for the Touchscreen read programming. This will allow independent code for ADC Sequence readings and touchscreen ADC Sequence readings. Spare 19 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Not available TSPENDETEN 20 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Enable the Touchscreen Pen Detection. Note that TSEN must be off for Pen Detection. Spare 23-21 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Not available Table 148. Register 44, ADC 1 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADDLY1[3:0] 3-0 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay before the ADC readings. ADDLY2[3:0] 7:4 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay between each of ADC readings in a set. ADDLY3[3:0] 11-8 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay after the set of ADC readings. This delay is only valid between subsequent wrap around reading sequences with ADCONT TSDLY1[3:0] 15-12 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay before the ADC Touch screen readings. This is like the ADDLY1, but allows independent programming of touchscreen readings from general purpose ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the system. TSDLY2[3:0] 19-16 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay between each of ADC Touch screen readings in a set. This is like the ADDLY2, but allows independent programming of touchscreen readings from general purpose ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the system. TSDLY3[3:0] 23-20 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 This will allow delay after the set of ADC Touch screen readings. This delay is only valid between subsequent wrap around reading sequences with TSCONT mode. This is like the ADDLY3, but allows independent programming of touchscreen readings from general purpose ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the system. Description Table 149. Register 45, ADC 2 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default ADSEL0[3:0] 3-0 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT0 ADSEL1[3:0] 7-4 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT1 ADSEL2[3:0] 11-8 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT2 ADSEL3[3:0] 15-12 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT3 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 138 Functional Block Description Table 149. Register 45, ADC 2 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADSEL4[3:0] 19-16 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT4 ADSEL5[3:0] 23-20 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT5 Table 150. Register 46, ADC 3 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description ADSEL6[3:0] 3-0 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT6 ADSEL7[3:0] 7-4 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT7 TSSEL0[1:0] 9-8 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT0. Select the action for the Touchscreen; 00 = dummy to discharge TSREF capacitance, 01 = to read X-plate, 10 = to read Y-plate, and 11 = to read Contact. TSSEL1[1:0] 11-10 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT1. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL2[1:0] 13-12 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT2. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL3[1:0] 15-14 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT3. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL4[1:0] 17-16 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT4. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL5[1:0] 19-18 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT5. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL6[1:0] 21-20 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT6. See TSSEL0 for modes. TSSEL7[1:0] 23-22 R/W DIGRESETB 0x0 Touchscreen Selection to place in ADRESULT7. See TSSEL0 for modes. Reset Default Table 151. Register 47, ADC 4 Name Bit # R/W Unused 1-0 R ADRESULT0[9:0] 11-2 R Unused 13-12 R ADRESULT1[9:0] 23-14 R DIGRESETB 0x000 Reset Default 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 0x0 Description Not available ADC Result for ADSEL0 Not available ADC Result for ADSEL1 Table 152. Register 48, ADC5 Name Bit # R/W Unused 1-0 R ADRESULT2[9:0] 11-2 R Unused 13-12 R ADRESULT3[9:0] 23-14 R 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 Description Not available ADC Result for ADSEL2 Not available ADC Result for ADSEL3 MC34708 139 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Functional Block Description Table 153. Register 49, ADC6 Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Unused 1-0 R ADRESULT4[9:0] 11-2 R Unused 13-12 R ADRESULT5[9:0} 23-14 R DIGRESETB 0x000 Reset Default 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 0x0 Description Not available ADC Result for ADSEL4 Not available ADC Result for ADSEL5 Table 154. Register 50, ADC7 Name Bit # R/W Unused 1:0 R ADRESULT6[9:0] 11-2 R Unused 13-12 R ADRESULT7[9:0] 23-14 R 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 0x0 DIGRESETB 0x000 Description Not available ADC Result for ADSEL6 Not available ADC Result for ADSEL7 Table 155. Register 51, Input Monitoring Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description VBAT_TRKL[1:0] 1-0 R/W RTCPORB 0x0 Trickle1 to Trickle2 change over threshold 00: 2.8 V 01: 2.9 V 10: 3.0 V 11: 3.1 V Reserved 2 R NONE 0x0 Reserved CHREN 3 R/W RTCPORB 0x1 Charger enable LOWBATT[1:0] 5-4 R/W RTCPORB 0x3 Turn on detection threshold and low battery warning threshold Reserved 23-6 R/W NONE 0x00000 Reserved Table 156. Register 52, Input Debounce Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description Reserved 1-0 R/W NONE 0x0 Reserved VBATTDB[1:0] 3-2 R/W RESETB 0x3 Battery voltage debounce VBUSDB[1:0] 5-4 R/W RESETB 0x03 VBUS debounce Reserved 9-6 R/W NONE 0x0 Reserved CHRGLEDOVRD 10 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED override Reserved 13-11 R/W NONE 0x0 Reserved SUP_OVP_DB[1:0] 15-14 R/W RESETB 0x3 VBUS over voltage debounce DIE_TEMP_DB[1:0] 17-16 R/W RESETB 0x3 Die Temp Comparator Debounce Reserved 23-18 R NONE 0x00 Reserved MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 140 Functional Block Description Table 157. Register 53, VBUS Monitoring Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description VBUSTL[2:0] 2-0 R/W RESETB 0x3 VBUS threshold low VBUSTH[2:0] 5-3 R/W RESETB 0x3 VBUS threshold high Reserved 23-6 R/W NONE 0x00000 Reserved Table 158. Register 54, LED Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description CHRGLEDRPER[1:0] 1-0 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED red repetition period CHRGLEDRRAMP 2 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED red channel driver ramp enable CHRGLEDRDC[5:0] 8-3 R/W RESETB 0x00 LED red channel driver duty cycle CHRGLEDR[1:0] 10-9 R/W RESETB 0x3 LED red driver current setting CHRGLEDREN 11 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED red enable CHRGLEDGPER[1:0] 13-12 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED green repetition period CHRGLEDGRAMP 14 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED green channel driver ramp enable CHRGLEDGDC[5:0] 20-15 R/W RESETB 0x00 LED green channel driver duty cycle CHRGLEDG[1:0] 22-21 R/W RESETB 0x3 LED green driver current setting CHRGLEDGEN 23 R/W RESETB 0x0 LED green enable Table 159. Register 55, PWM Control Name Bit # R/W Reset Default Description PWM1DUTY[5:0] 5-0 R/W RESETB 0x00 PWM1 Duty Cycle PWMCLKDIV[5:0] 11-6 R/W RESETB 0x00 PWM1 Clock Divide Setting PWM2DUTY[5-0] 17-12 R/W RESETB 0x00 PWM2 Duty Cycle PWM2CLKDIV[5:0] 23-18 R/W RESETB 0x00 PWM2 Clock Divide Setting Table 160. Register 56 to 63, Unused Name Bit # R/W Unused 0-23 R Reset Default Description 0x000000 Not available MC34708 141 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Typical Applications 8 Typical Applications Figure 38 presents a typical application diagram of the MC34708 PMIC together with its functional components. For details on component references and additional components such as filters, refer to the individual sections. 8.1 Application Diagram BP C1 10u C2 10u BP VCOREDIG D2 Input/Battery Monitoring ADIN9 General Purpose ADC Inputs: i.e., PA thermistor, Light Sensor, Etc. GNDACHRG General Purpose LED drivers Voltage / Current Sensing & Translation 10 Bit GP ADC SW1 Dual Phase GP 2000 mA Buck Touch Screen Interface ADIN14/TSY1 ADIN15/TSY2 C54 O/P Drive SW2 LP ` 1000 mA Buck Touch Screen Interface Die Temp & Thermal Warning Detection BPTHERM To Interrupt Section SW3 INT MEM 500 mA Buck NTCREF BATTISNSCCP SW4 Dual Phase DDR 1000 mA Buck BATTISNSCCN CFP Package Pin Legend CFN Input Pin SPIVCC Shift Register CS CLK SPI SPI Interface + Muxed I2C Optional Interface MOSI MISO GNDSPI C56 1u C50 1u SW5 I/O 1000 mA Buck To Enables & Control Registers C51 1u C49 VCOREDIG VDDLP Reference Generation O/P Drive SW5IN SW5LX GNDSW5 SW5FB O/P Drive BP SWBSTIN SWBSTLX SWBSTFB VHALF Pass FET GNDUSB UID Pass FET BP To Trimmed Circuits Trim-In-Package Control Logic BP GND CE LICELL C58 100nF D17 Pass FET 32 KHz Buffers 15p C44 To GND, or VCOREDIG Y1 VINPLL VPLL L9 2.2u BP SWBST Output (Boost) D3 C26 2x22u SW4B 100n C35 C55 100n 100n 1u C28 C30 BP 2.2u BP Q1 VUSB2 VINGEN1 VGEN1 C29 2.2u R22 40m BP Q3 SW5 C38 C36 2.2u R23 100m To AP BP R24 50m GNDREG2 GNDREF1 GNDREF2 PWM2 PWM Outputs PWM1 GPIOLV4 GPIOLV3 GNDGPIO C43 0.1uF GPIOVDD CLK32KVCC CLK32KMCU CLK32K RESETB To Peripherals C41 2.2u GNDREG1 VSRTC R3 Q5 VGEN2 LDOVDD Best of Supply GPIO Control 100K SDWNB 100K To/From AP R20 100K INT WDI RESETBMCU GLBRST PWRON2 STANDBY PUMS1 PWRON1 PUMS3 PUMS2 PUMS4 PUMS5 ICTEST XTAL2 18p C45 R4 Pass FET LICELL Enables & Control BP Interrupt Inputs Core Control Logic, & Interrupts Digital Timers, Core GNDCTRL XTAL1 SUBSLDO SUBSANA3 SUBSANA2 SUBSANA1 SUBSPWR2 SUBSPWR1 SUBSREF GNDRTC 32 KHz Crystal Osc BP VIN C23 22u C25 2.2u SW5 or SW3 LCELL D16 1.5V LDO VOUT C59 100nF SPI Result Registers Wakeup from AP D15 VGEN2 250mA Switch SUBSGND VDDLP SW5 Output L8 1.0u D14 VGEN2DRV Switchers RTC + Calibration 32 KHz Internal Osc Li Cell Charger C46 100n PLL VSRTC BP Control Logic Monitor Timer VUSB Regulator LICELL C20 10u BP Startup Sequencer Decode Trim? PUMSx 2.2u Coin Cell Battery C22 4.7u VDAC VGEN1 250mA GPIOLV1 GPIOLV2 OVP VUSB SW4B Output L7 1.0u 2.2u VINUSB C47 C17 10u D13 VBUS SWBST SW4A Output L6 1.0u C19 4.7u VDACDRV VDAC 250mA SPI C14 10u D12 VREFDDR VUSB2 350mA Connector Interface DP DM C34 2.2uF C16 4.7u VUSB2DRV UART Switches Audio Switches SW3 Output L5 1.0u D11 C57 VBUS/ID Detectors, Host Auto detection R19 100K C13 4.7u GNDSWBST VPLL 50 mA DPLUS DMINUS To/From USB Cable SW4BIN SW4BLX GNDSW4B SW4BFB VINREFDDR TXD RXD To/From AP O/P Drive VREFDDR 10mA SPKR SPKL MIC To/From Audio IC SW4AIN SW4ALX GNDSW4A SW4FBA SPI Control VCOREREF GNDCORE GNDREF 100n O/P Drive C11 22u To AP BP SWBST 380 mA Boost 34708 VCORE C52 SW3IN SW3LX GNDSW3 SW3FB SW2 Output L4 1.0u D10 Shift Register VALWAYS 100pF SW2IN SW2LX GNDSW2 SW2FB SW2PWGD O/P Drive Bi-directional Pin SPI C10 4.7u SW4CFG Output Pin SW5 R18 100K To AP BP TSREF 2.2u VCOREDIG SW1BLX GNDSW1B BP A/D Control ADIN13/TSX2 2 x22u C6/C7 SW1PWGD ADIN12/TSX1 L2 1.0u D8 DVS CONTROL MUX SW1IN SW1ALX GNDSW1A SW1FB SW1CFG SW1VSSSNS O/P Drive A/D Result ADIN10 ADIN11 SW1 Output C5 4.7u BP O/P Drive LICELL, UID, Die Temp, GPO4 GNDADC GNDCHRG CHRGLEDG LEDVDD CHRGLEDR PRETMR TRICKLESEL VAUX GAUX AUXVIN GOTG VBUSVIN CHRGLX BP BPSNS ITRIC GBAT BATTISNSN BATT BATTISNSP CHRGFB D1 32.768 KHz Crystal Workaround for erratum#23. If back-up coin cell is not present in the application, D16 and D17 are not required and BP is connected directly to VIN of the LDO On/Off Button Reset button Figure 38. Typical Application Schematic MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 142 Typical Applications 8.2 Bill of Material The following table provides a complete list of the recommended components on a full featured system using the MC34708 Device. Critical components such as inductors, transistors, and diodes are provided with a recommended part number, but equivalent components may be used. Table 161. MC34708 Bill of Material (83) Item 1 Quantity Component 1 Description Vendor Comments MC34708 Freescale PMIC TDK Battery Filter Battery Interface 2 1 C1 10 F 3 2 R1 20 mOhm Battery Sense (Optional for battery current sensing) 4 1 C2 10 F BP/ buck charging capacitor 5 1 C67 1 uF VBUS 1 uF input cap 6 1 D2 Green LED Green general purpose LED indicator 7 1 D1 Red LED Red General purpose LED indicator Miscellaneous 8 1 C56 1.0 F VALWAYS 9 1 C43 100 nF VSRTC 10 1 C50 1.0 F VCORE 11 1 C51 1.0 F VCOREDIG 12 1 C52 100 pF VDDLP 13 1 C49 100 nF VCOREREF 14 1 C46 100 nF Coin cell 15 1 Y1 Crystal 32.768 kHz CC7 Oscillator 16 1 C44 18 pF Oscillator load capacitor 17 1 C45 18 pF Oscillator load capacitor 18 2 R3, R4 100 k RESETB, RESETBMCU Pull-ups 19 1 R20 100 k SDWNB Pull-up 20 1 L9 2.2 H LPS3015-222ML Coilcraft Boost Inductor 21 1 D3 Diode BAS52 Infineon Boost diode 22 1 C26 2.2 F 16 V Boost Output Capacitor 23 2 C25 22 F Boost Input Capacitor Boost MC34708 143 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Typical Applications Table 161. MC34708 Bill of Material (83) Item Quantity Component Description Vendor Comments SW1 24 2 L2, L3 1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK Buck 1 Inductor (IMAX < 1.6 Amps) 1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK Optional dual phase Inductor (IMAX 2.0 Amps) 1.0 H BRL3225T1ROM Taiyo Yuden Optional single Phase inductor (IMAX < 1.6 Amps) 1.0 uH LPS4012-102NL Coilcraft Optional single phase inductor (IMAX 2.0 Amps) 25 2 C6, C7 22 F Buck 1 Output Capacitor 26 1 C5 4.7 F Buck 1 Input Capacitor 27 1 D8 Diode BAS3010-03LRH 28 1 L4 1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK Buck 2 Inductor 29 1 C11 22 F Buck 2 Output Capacitor 30 1 C10 4.7 F Buck 2 Input Capacitor 31 1 D10 Diode BAS3010-03LRH 32 1 L5 33 1 34 35 Infineon SW1LX diode SW2 Infineon SW2LX diode SW3 1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK Buck 3 Inductor C14 10 F Buck 3 Output Capacitor 1 C13 4.7 F Buck 3 Input Capacitor 1 D11 Diode BAS3010-03LRH Infineon SW3LX diode SW4A 1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK Buck 4A Inductor 1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK Optional Inductor C17 10 F Buck 4A Output Capacitor 1 C16 4.7 F Buck 4A Input Capacitor 1 D12 Diode BAS3010-03LRH 41 1 L7 42 0 - 43 1 C20 10 F Buck 4B Output Capacitor 44 1 C19 4.0 F Buck 4B Input Capacitor 45 1 D13 Diode BAS3010-03LRH 46 1 L8 47 1 48 1 36 1 37 0 38 1 39 40 L6 Infineon SW4ALX diode SW4B 1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK Buck 4B Inductor 1.0 H VLS25010ET-1R0N Optional Inductor TDK Infineon SW4BLX diode SW5 1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK Buck 5 Inductor C23 22 F Buck 5 Output Capacitor C22 4.7 F Buck 5 Input Capacitor MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 144 Typical Applications Table 161. MC34708 Bill of Material (83) Item Quantity Component 49 1 D14 Diode BAS3010-03LRH 1 C30 2.2 F VPLL 51 1 C35 100 nF VREFDDR input capacitor 52 1 C57 100 nF VHALF 0.1 uF caps 53 1 C28 1.0 F VREFDDR 1 Q3 Description Vendor Infineon Comments SW5LX diode VPLL 50 VREFDDR VDAC PNP Transistor 54 • NSS12100UW3 • 2SB1733 55 1 C36 56 1 R23 1 Q1 On Semi Rohm VDAC PNP 2.2 F VDAC 100 m Connect this resistor in series with the output capacitor to provide an extra series resistance of 100 m for LDO stability. VUSB2 PNP transistor 57 • NSS12100UW3 • 2SB1733 On Semi Rohm VUSB2 PNP 2.2 F VUSB2 40 m Connect this resistor in series with the output capacitor to provide an extra series resistance of 40 m for LDO stability. C47 2.2 F VUSB 1 C38 4.7 F VGEN1 1 Q5 58 1 C29 59 1 R22 1 VUSB 60 VGEN1 61 VGEN2 PNP Transistor 62 • NSS12100UW3 • 2SB1733 63 1 C41 64 1 R24 On Semi Rohm VGEN2 PNP 2.2 F VGEN2 50 m Connect this resistor in series with the output capacitor to provide an extra series resistance of 50 m for LDO stability. WORKAROUNDS 1.5 V LDO 65 1 U2 • NCP4682 On Semi 1.5 V LDO for workaround. See erratum #23 on ER34708 • NCP4685 MC34708 145 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Typical Applications Table 161. MC34708 Bill of Material (83) Item Quantity Component 66 1 D15 Schottky diode Low voltage Schottky diode 67 1 C58 100 nF LDO input capacitor 68 1 C59 100 nF LDO output capacitor Description Vendor Comments Notes 83. Freescale does not assume liability, endorse, or warrant components from external manufacturers referenced in circuit drawings or tables. While Freescale offers component recommendations in this configuration, it is the customer’s responsibility to validate their application. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 146 Typical Applications 8.3 MC34708 Layout Guidelines 8.3.1 1. • • • • • • • • General board recommendations It is recommended to use an 8 layer board stack-up arranged as follows: High current signal GND Signal Power Power Signal GND High current signal 2. Allocate TOP and BOTTOM PCB Layers for POWER ROUTING (high current signals), copper-pour the unused area. 3. Use internal layers sandwiched between two GND planes for the SIGNAL routing. 8.3.2 Component Placement Sense resistors should be placed as Close to the IC as possible. Route the high current path flowing from VBATT to BATTISNSN as thick and as short as possible to reduce power losses. 8.3.3 General Routing Requirements 1. Some recommended things to keep in mind for manufacturability: • Via in pads require a 4.5 mil Minimum annular ring. Pad must be 9.0 mils larger than the hole • Max copper thickness for lines less than 5.0 mils wide is 0.6 oz copper • Minimum allowed spacing between line and hole pad is 3.5 mils • Minimum allowed spacing between line and line is 3.0 mils 2. Care must be taken with SWxFB pins traces. These signals are susceptible to noise and must be routed far away from power, clock, or high power signals, like the ones on the SWxIN, SWx, SWxLX, SWBSTIN, SWBST, and SWBSTLX pins. 3. Shield feedback traces of the switching regulators and keep them as short as possible (trace them on the bottom so the ground and power planes shield these traces). 4. Sense pins must be directly connected to the 0.02 Ohm sense resistor R1 (BATTISNSN and BATTISNSP). 5. Avoid coupling trace between important signal/low noise supplies (like VCOREREF, VCORE, VCOREDIG) from any switching node (i.e. SW1ALXx, SW2LXx, SW3LXx, SW4ALX, SW4BLX, SW5LXx and SWBSTLXx). 6. Make sure all components related to an specific block are referenced to the corresponding ground, e.g. all components related to the SW1 converter must referenced to GNDSW1A1 and GNDSW1A2. 8.3.4 Parallel Routing Requirements 1. SPI/I2C signal routing: • CLK is the fastest signal of the system, so it must be given special care. Here are some tips for routing the communication signals: • To avoid contamination of these delicate signals by nearby high power or high frequency signals, it is a good practice to shield them with ground planes placed on adjacent layers. Make sure the ground plane is uniform throughout the whole signal trace length. MC34708 147 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Typical Applications Figure 39. Recommended Shielding for Critical Signals. • These signals can be placed on an outer layer of the board to reduce their capacitance in respect to the ground plane. • The crystal connected to the XTAL1 and XTAL2 pins must not have a ground plane directly below. • The following are clock signals: CLK, CLK32K, CLK32KMCU, XTAL1, and XTAL2. These signals must not run parallel to each other, or in the same routing layer. If it is necessary to run clock signals parallel to each other, or parallel to any other signal, then follow a MAX PARALLEL rule as follows: • Up to 1 inch parallel length – 25 mil minimum separation • Up to 2 inch parallel length – 50 mil minimum separation • Up to 3 inch parallel length – 100 mil minimum separation • Up to 4 inch parallel length – 250 mil minimum separation • Care must be taken with these signals not to contaminate analog signals, as they are high frequency signals. Another good practice is to trace them perpendicularly on different layers, so there is a minimum area of proximity between signals. 2. The R1 resistor must run in parallel to the BATTISNSN and BATTISNSP traces. 8.3.5 Differential Routing 1. DP and DM traces should be routed as 90 ohm differential signals. 2. DPLUS and DMINUS traces should be routed as 90 ohm differential signals. 8.3.6 Switching Regulator Layout Recommendations 1. Per design, the MC34708 is designed to operate with only 1 input bulk capacitor. However, it is recommended to add a high frequency filter input capacitor (CIN_hf), to filter out any noise at the regulator input. This capacitor should be in the range of 100 nF and should be placed right next to or under the IC, closest to the IC pins. 2. Make high-current ripple traces low inductance (short, high W/L ratio). 3. Make high-current traces wide or copper islands. 4. Make high-current traces SYMETRICAL for dual–phase regulators (SW1, SW4). MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 148 Typical Applications BP SWxVIN CIN_HF Diver Controller CIN SWx SWxLX L D COUT GNDSWx Compensation SWxFB Figure 40. Generic Buck Regulator Architecture Figure 41. Recommended Layout for Switching Regulators. MC34708 149 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Typical Applications 8.4 8.4.1 Thermal Considerations Rating Data The thermal rating data of the packages has been simulated with the results listed in Table 5. Junction to Ambient Thermal Resistance Nomenclature: the JEDEC specification reserves the symbol RθJA or θJA (Theta-JA) strictly for junction-to-ambient thermal resistance on a 1s test board in natural convection environment. RθJMA or θJMA (ThetaJMA) will be used for both junction-to-ambient on a 2s2p test board in natural convection and for junction-to-ambient with forced convection on both 1s and 2s2p test boards. The generic name, Theta-JA, is expected to continue to be commonly used. The JEDEC standards can be consulted at http://www.jedec.org/ 8.4.2 Estimation of Junction Temperature An estimation of the chip junction temperature TJ can be obtained from the equation TJ = TA + (RθJA x PD) with TA = Ambient temperature for the package in °C RJA = Junction to ambient thermal resistance in °C/W PD = Power dissipation in the package in W The junction to ambient thermal resistance is an industry standard value that provides a quick and easy estimation of thermal performance. Unfortunately, there are two values in common usage: the value determined on a single layer board RθJA and the value obtained on a four layer board RθJMA. Actual application PCBs show a performance close to the simulated four layer board value although this may be somewhat degraded in case of significant power dissipated by other components placed close to the device. At a known board temperature, the junction temperature TJ is estimated using the following equation TJ = TB + (RθJB x PD) with TB = Board temperature at the package perimeter in °C RθJB = Junction to board thermal resistance in °C/W PD = Power dissipation in the package in W When the heat loss from the package case to the air can be ignored, acceptable predictions of junction temperature can be made. See Thermal Characteristics for more details on thermal management. MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 150 Package Mechanical Dimensions 9 Package Mechanical Dimensions The MC34708 is offered in two pin compatible 206 pin MAPBGA packages, an 8.0x8.0 mm, 0.5 mm pitch package, and a 13x13 mm, 0.8 mm pitch package. Package dimensions are provided in package drawings. To find the most current package outline drawing, go to www.freescale.com and perform a keyword search for the drawing’s document number. Table 162. Package Drawing Information Package Suffix 206-pin MAPBGA (8 x 8), 0.5 mm 206-pin MAPBGA (13 x 13), 0.8 mm VK VM Package Outline Drawing Number 98ASA00312D 98ASA00299D Dimensions shown are provided for reference ONLY (For Layout and Design, refer to the Package Outline Drawing listed in the following figures). MC34708 151 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Package Mechanical Dimensions 9.1 206-pin MAPBGA (8 x 8), 0.5 mm VK SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 206-PIN 98ASA00312D ISSUE 0 MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 152 Package Mechanical Dimensions VK SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 206-PIN 98ASA00312D ISSUE 0 MC34708 153 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Package Mechanical Dimensions 9.2 206-pin MAPBGA (13 x 13), 0.8 mm VM SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 206-PIN 98ASA00299D ISSUE A MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 154 Package Mechanical Dimensions VM SUFFIX (PB-FREE) 206-PIN 98ASA00299D ISSUE A MC34708 155 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Reference Section 10 Reference Section Table 163. MC34708 Reference Documents Reference MC34708ER Description Errata MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 156 Revision History 11 Revision History . REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES 6.0 7/2011 • Initial release 7.0 10/2011 • • • • • • • • • • • 8.0 7/2012 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Corrected the two pins SW2PWGD and SDWNB, and associated drawings. Changed LED Driver Electrical Specifications, VPLL Matching from 3.0 to 4.0% Changed VPLL Electrical Specification, tON-VPLL from 100 to 120 s Changed SWBST Electrical Specifications, ILEAK_SWBST from 5.0 to 6.0 A Added Max limit to Charger Input Current Limit (Using the USB input). Added note (60) to VREFDDR Changed RUSB ON value to 5.0 typ, 8.0 max Set MIC bias to 1.5 V, and changed ON resistance values to 75 typ and 150 max. Added Efficiency values for all Buck Converter Added diodes to the LX pin on SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, and SW5. Updated schematics to reflect the LX pin diodes on SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, and SW5, and removed the 10 F VBUSVIN input capacitor. Removed charger and coulomb counter functionality throughout the document. Section 7.6 removed. Updated Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 38, Figure 20, Figure 26, Figure 28, Figure 30, Figure 31, Figure 40. Update Table 3 • Pin function changed to “O” on pins VCORE, VCOREDIG, VALWAYS, VCOREREF, VDDLP, and TSREF. • Pin function to “I” on pins ADIN11, TSX1/ADIN12, TSX2/ADIN13, TSY1/ADIN14 and TSY2/ ADIN15 • Description for unsupported charger and coulomb counter pins modified. • Clarified ICTEST description Update Table 4 with maximum pin rating for all blocks. Added Table 7 “Die Temp Debounce Settings” Updated thermal monitor operation in section 5.2.1 Removed PRETMR, ITRICKLE, VSRT and ADC specifications in Table 9. Changed typ current spec for ON Standby (LPM) from 260 uA to 340uA, changed ON Standby Digital Core from 370uA to 480uA and removed all charger conditions in Table 10. Updated section 6.1 feature list Renamed all instances of APSKIP to APS. Updated Table 15: VSRTC quiescent current to 1.7uA @1.2V setting and 2.7uA @ 1.3V setting. GLBRSTTMR[1:0], value “00” changed to Invalid option in Table 24. Removed interrupt, mask and sense bit related to charger and coulomb counter in Table 21. Changed debounce time for THERMxxx interrupts. Updated SW4A/B operation and removed 3.3V setting from SW4A/B in section 7.5.4.6 Removed AUX attach in section 7.5.3.4 Replaced “Under Voltage Detection” event in section 7.5.3.5 with “BP lower than VBAT_TRKL” event. Changed UVDET threshold to 3.1V (rising)/ 2.65V (falling) in Table 27 Added PWMPS mode description on Table 31 Changed quiescent currents for all switching regulators ISWxQ in PWMPS and APS modes. LDO Short Circuit Protection feature no longer supported. Changed ADC channels 4 and 7 to “Reserved” Added Figure 19. Added section 7.8.3. Removed VBATTREMTH specification from Table 77 Removed charger support from section 7.8.4 Removed IVBUS quiescent current specification for dedicated charger condition in Table 97 Updated components to BOM in section 8.2 Updated SPI register map • Replaced Figures 42-45 with Table 104 SPI/I2C Register Map • Updated Table 101 and Table 104 to match removed functionality Updated Table 105 through Table 158 to match removed functionality MC34708 157 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor Revision History REVISION DATE 9.0 10/2012 10 2/2013 DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES • Corrected pins E14, E15, and F7 in Table 3 • Corrected Figure 3, Ball Map. • Update table 3. Pin definition • Pin TRICKLESEL, Function = I, Description = Connect to VCOREDIG • Pin PRETMR, Function = I, Description = Connect to Ground • Pin BPTHERM, Function = I, Description = Connect to Ground • Update Table 4. Maximum rating • Update IC core Reference maximum pin voltages. • Update LDO regulator maximum pin voltage. • Table 5. Note added to restrict operation at maximum temperature ratings. • Table 10. Update Mode descriptions. • Removed PWMPS mode on all Buck Switching regulators. • Corrected SWBST operating mode PWM to APS • Typical short circuit protection defined to 20% above ILMAX • Remove Noise specifications from all LDO regulators. • Removed Short-circuit protection threshold specification from VUSB2, VDAC and VGEN1 and VUSB. • Removed Spurs specification on VDAC and VGEN1 • Changed PSRR specifications for all LDO regulators to typical value only. • Changed typical VPLLPSRR specifications • VIN=UVDET: from 40 to 70 dB • VIN=VNOM+1.0 V, >UVDET: from 60 to 75 dB • Changed typical VUSB2PSRR specifications • VIN=VINMIN + 100 mV: from 40 to 30 dB • VIN=VNOM+1.0 V: from 60 to 30 dB • Changed typical VDACPSRR specifications • VIN=VINMIN + 100 mV: from 40 to 50 dB • VIN=VNOM+1.0 V: from 60 to 50 dB • Changed typical VGEN1PSRR specifications • VIN=VINMIN + 100 mV: from 60 to 50 dB • VIN=VNOM+1.0 V: from - to 45 dB • Changed typical VUSBPSRR specifications • VIN=VINMIN + 100 mV: from 40 to 65 dB • Specified total series resistance of VGEN2 output capacitance to 60mΩ ±20% including capacitor ESR. • Changed ADC drift over temperate from 1 to 10 LSB • Update Bill of materials • Corrected sensing point for ADC channel 2, from BP to BPSENSE pin. • Table 81. LED driver control option x00 changed the CHRGLEDx status to Off. • Changed section 7.8.4.15 title to Device Detect mode • Updated figure 38 • Updated General Purpose LED Drivers Current Programming • Corrected Table 14 VCOREDIG spec • Modified Table 82 LED current programming MC34708 Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data Freescale Semiconductor 158 How to Reach Us: Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software Home Page: freescale.com implementers to use Freescale products. There are no express or implied copyright Web Support: freescale.com/support information in this document. licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits based on the Freescale reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Freescale makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Freescale assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. “Typical” parameters that may be provided in Freescale data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications, and actual performance may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “typicals,” must be validated for each customer application by customer’s technical experts. Freescale does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Freescale sells products pursuant to standard terms and conditions of sale, which can be found at the following address: store.esellerate.net/store/Policy.aspx?Selector=RT&s=STR0326182960&pc. Freescale, the Freescale logo, AltiVec, C-5, CodeTest, CodeWarrior, ColdFire, CWare, Energy Efficient Solutions logo, Kinetis, mobileGT, PowerQUICC, Processor Expert, QorIQ, Qorivva, StarCore, Symphony, and VortiQa are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off. Airfast, BeeKit, BeeStack, ColdFire+, CoreNet, Flexis, MagniV, MXC, Platform in a Package, QorIQ Qonverge, QUICC Engine, Ready Play, SafeAssure, SMARTMOS, TurboLink, Vybrid, and Xtrinsic are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. © 2013 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Document Number: MC34708 Rev. 10.0 2/2013